Bosch Motorsport Equipment for High Performance Vehicles Edition 2010/1

Contents

Contents
Engine Control Units
Gasoline Engine Control Units
Engine Control Units Sport Line............... 8 ECU MS 3 Sport...................................... 10 ECU MS 4 Sport/Sport Turbo................. 12 ECU MS 4 Sport Package ....................... 14 ECU MS 4.4 Sport/Sport Turbo.............. 15 Engine Control Units Performance Line . 17 ECU MS 5.0............................................. 19 ECU MS 5.1............................................. 21 ECU MS 5.5............................................. 23 ECU MS 5.2............................................. 25 Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1........................ 76 Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T ................... 79 Single Fire Coil P35-E / P35-TE .............. 82 Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M .................. 85 Single Fire Coil P100-T ........................... 88 Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T ....................... 91 Single Fire Coil M ................................... 95 Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T ................... 98 Single Fire Coil S19 .............................. 101 Single Fire Coil S16/S16-T ................... 104

Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs........................................... 107

Diesel Engine Control Units
ECU MS 15 Sport.................................... 27 ECU MS 15.1........................................... 28 ECU MS 15.2........................................... 30 ECU MS 12.............................................. 32

Starters & Alternators
Starters
Starter 1.4 kW ...................................... 110 Starter 1.7 kW ...................................... 111 Starter 2.0 kW ...................................... 112

Injection & Ignition
Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6 ................................ 36 Injection Valve EV 12 .............................. 39 Injection Valve EV 14 .............................. 41

Alternators
Alternator GCM1 .................................. 113

Sensors
Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C .......... 118

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5...................... 45

Acceleration Sensors
Accelerometer AM 600-2, AM 600-3 ..... 120

Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1 .................................................... 47 HPI 1.16 HV / HVD .................................. 49 Ignition Module IM 3.1 / 3.2 ................... 50 Ignition Module IM 4............................... 53

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 ...................... 122 Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M ..................... 124

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-P ............................... 126 Knock Sensor KS-R ............................... 128

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100 .................................. 56 Fuel Pump FP 165 .................................. 57 Fuel Pump FP 200 .................................. 58 Fuel Pump FP 300/FP 300L.................... 59 HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 .............................. 61

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSM 11 ....................... 130 Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM ................. 132 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ....................... 134 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ....................... 136 Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ............... 138

Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulators Mini/Mini M.... 62 Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A .............. 63 Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38............. 64 Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 50............. 65 HP Control Valve DSV ............................. 66

Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10 ................. 140 Linear Potentiometer LP 25 ................. 142 Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin ......... 144 Linear Potentiometer LP 50 ................. 146 Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin ......... 148 Linear Potentiometer LP 75 ................. 150 Linear Potentiometer LP 75F ............... 152 Linear Potentiometer LP 100 ............... 154 Linear Potentiometer LP 100F ............. 156
3

Diesel System Components
Diesel System Components.................... 67

Ignition Coils
Double Fire Coil 3x2 ............................... 70 Double Fire Coil 2x2 ............................... 73
09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

Linear Potentiometer LP 125 ............... 158 Linear Potentiometer LP 150 ............... 160

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B ................... 162 Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ................... 165 Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 ................... 168 Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ................... 170 Pressure Sensor Air PSP ...................... 172 Pressure Sensor Air PST....................... 174

Temperature Sensor NTC M8 ............... 254 Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS.......... 256 Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ............. 258 Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H.......... 260 Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .......... 262

Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-16-r / TI-16-s .............................. 264 Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-100-s / TI-100-c.......................... 266

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A........ 177 Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C ....... 179 Pitot Static Tube PT ............................. 181

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K ................. 268 Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF ............... 270 Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA ............... 272

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10.............. 183 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R............ 185 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R.......... 187 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R.......... 189 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10.............. 191 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R ........... 193 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R ......... 195 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM .................. 197 Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S ............... 199

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35................... 274 Wire Potentiometer WP 50................... 276 Wire Potentiometer WP 75................... 278 Wire Potentiometer WP 100................. 280 Wire Potentiometer WP 120................. 282 Wire Potentiometer WP 125................. 284

Yaw Rate Sensors
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2 ........................ 286 Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 ........................ 288

Ride Height Sensor
Ride Height Sensor RHS ....................... 201

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M ........................ 203 Rotary Potentiometer RP 55................. 205 Rotary Potentiometer RP 86................. 207 Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308.................................. 209 Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin....... 211 Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M ... 213 Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M........... 215

Electronic Throttle Control
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG ................ 292

Chassis & Brake Control
ABS M4 Kit............................................ 296

Displays
Display DDU Sport................................ 300 Display DDU 4....................................... 302 Display DDU 6....................................... 303 Display DDU 8....................................... 304

Speed Sensors
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ................... 217 Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C ................ 220 Inductive Speed Sensor IS ................... 223 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M ............... 226 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C ................ 229 Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T ................ 232 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ............ 234 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ............. 236 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ..... 238 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed............................ 241 Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90........ 244

Data Logging Systems
Data Loggers
Data Logger C Sport............................. 308 CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus.............. 310 Data Logging Accessories..................... 311 Data Logging System DLS .................... 312 CardMemory C 55................................. 313 Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55......... 314 Data Logger C 60.................................. 315

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview...... 316 Telemetry Unit FM 40 ........................... 317 Pit Receiver Box ................................... 318 Telemetry Accessories.......................... 323 Burst Telemetry System Overview........ 325 Burst Telemetry System ....................... 326

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS.......... 246 Temperature Sensor NTC M6 ............... 248 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H............ 250 Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS.......... 252
4

motorsport@bosch.com

Lap Trigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02 .................................. 328 Lap Trigger HF 24 ................................. 329

Expansion Modules
Lambdatronic LT4 ................................ 342 AWS LSU 4.9......................................... 344 CAN Module EM-A6............................... 346 CAN Module EM-C ................................ 348 CAN Module EM-H4 .............................. 349 CAN Module EM-I4................................ 350

Software
Calibration
RaceCon ............................................... 332 Modas ................................................... 333 Modas Sport ......................................... 334

Relay
Relay 25 A............................................. 351

Simulation
LapSim.................................................. 335

Switches
Switches ............................................... 352

Analysis
WinDarab .............................................. 337

Wiring Harnesses
Wiring Harnesses.................................. 353

Accessories
Communication Interface
MSA-Box II ............................................ 340

Appendix
General Information ............................. 356 Vibration Profile 1................................. 356 Vibration Profile 2................................. 357 Vibration Profile 3................................. 357

Handheld Test Devices
RS 2000 ................................................ 341

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

5

6

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control Units

Engine Control Units

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

7

Gasoline Engine Control Units
Engine Control Units Sport Line
The Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive start in the world of engine control units from Bosch Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices have an optimized function range that make the initial start-up process much simpler. The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs and functionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected for a given project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU in the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain project needs through various software options. To complete the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsport offers a display unit with integrated logging capability, DDU Sport, and an external data logger, C Sport.

Overview ECUs Sport Line

8

motorsport@bosch.com

These variables can be displayed for the driver or logged for analysis.com 9 . the MSA-Box II. 09 Oct. The ECU is calibrated with the Modas Sport software. Downloading and analysing the data is also accomplished over Ethernet with the RaceLab Sport software. The display.Engine Control Units Example for a typical Sport Line system Depicted below is an example system layout for the ECUs of the Sport Line. The ECU sends the desired measured variables to the display/logger via CAN interface. is configured over Ethernet with the software RaceLab Sport. The communication interface. Alternatively up to three loggers can be connected in line to the display or the ECU. 09 motorsport@bosch. the DDU Sport. connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a CAN/K-Line link. so the data capacity can be increased to 2 GB.

each corresponds to different target lambda and spark maps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Support of Gasoline Direct Injection Sequential fuel injection Asymmetric injection timing Asymmetric ignition timing Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels Max. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up to 6 cylinders and has internal knock Various ignition detection engine output and stages. Two sensor inputs are available for vibration knock control. vibration Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.com) up to 6 cylinders. lightly and robust against vibrations.com . can be parameters measured with different input channels and transferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger or dash display.bosch-motorsport. 2 bank alpha/n dual Mechanical Data Extremely small and flat aluminium pressure casting housing Four mounting points on housing 2 connectors with high pin density Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology Size Weight Temperature range 120 x 90 x 40 mm 250 g -40 … 125 °C     optional optional optional optional Connectors Mating connector I Mating connector II D 261 205 139 D 261 205 140    Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request 10 motorsport@bosch. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 positions . Therefore it is very small.ECU MS 3 Sport The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.

Engine Control Units Electrical Data Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. low side. logger) F 01T A20 050-01 Optional Functionality Knock Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 053-01 Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 051-01 Traction Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 052-01 on request Gasoline Direct Injection functionality Part Number MS 3 Sport F 01T A20 067 09 Oct.com 11 . PWM) 2 power stages for lambda heater 1 H-bridge (5 A) 2 sensor supply Communication interfaces 1 K-line serial interface 1 CAN interface for external communication 5 V/100 mA 10 W at 14 V Optional Accessories MSA-Box II Data logger C Sport Data logger C 40 Data logger C 40 Plus Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 02U V00 327-01 F 01T A20 061 F 01T A20 403 B 261 206 860 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459 Display DDU Sport (incl. power consumption Inputs 2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 17 analog inputs 0 … 5 V 2 knock sensor inputs 6 digital inputs Outputs 6 injection power stages 6 ignition power stages 16 power stages (2 A/1 A.

com) [2] [1|2] up to 8 cylinders. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 positions . 2 bank [3] up to 4 cylinders. Two independent wide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop engine control. 2 bank alpha/n dual Mechanical Data Sheet-metal housing Each connector pin individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards Size Weight Temperature range 180 x 162 x 46 mm 430 g -40 … 75 °C      Connectors Mating connector I Mating connector II D 261 205 344 D 261 205 345 [1|2] optional optional [1|2] optional Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request Support of Gasoline Direct Injection [1|2] optional   12 motorsport@bosch.com . There is also a version for Turbo engines [2] as well as for motorcycle engine engines [3] available.bosch-motorsport. can be Various parameters measured with different input channels and transferred via CAN interface to an optional data logger. vibration Vibration Profile 2 (see Appendix or www.ECU MS 4 Sport/Sport Turbo The MS 4 Sport [1] is an engine management system for high performance engines up to 8 cylinders.each corresponds to different target lambda and spark maps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Asymmetric injection timing Asymmetric ignition timing Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels Max. The system contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and 8 independent injection power stages.

com 13 . low side. power consumption Inputs 2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 18 analog inputs 0 … 5 V 2 knock sensor inputs 7 digital inputs Outputs 8 injection power stages 8 ignition drivers 20 power stages (2.Engine Control Units Electrical Data Max. PWM) 2 power stages for lambda heater 1 H-bridge (5 A) 2 sensor supply Communication interfaces 1 K-line serial interface 2 CAN interfaces for external communication 5 V/100 mA 30 W at 14 V Optional Accessories MSA-Box II Data logger C Sport Data logger C 40 Data logger C40 Plus Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 02U V00 327-01 F 01T A20 061 F 01T A20 403 B 261 206 860 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459 Display DDU Sport (incl.6 A. 09 motorsport@bosch.7 A/0. Logger) F 01T A20 050-01 Optional Functionality Knock Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 053-01 Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 051-01 Traction Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 052-01 on request Gasoline Direct Injection functionality Part Number MS 4 Sport [1] MS 4 Sport Turbo [2] MS 4 Sport Motorcycle [3] F 01T A20 049-01 F 01T A20 060-01 F 02U V00 024-01 09 Oct.

The ECU software set has been optimized to make calibration more approachable for less experienced users. the MSA-Box II communication interface is required. Software Modas Sport for ECU calibration RaceLab Sport for Display configuration and data analysis Optional Accessories MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 Part Number MS 4 Sport Package F 01T A20 048-01 14 motorsport@bosch. For communication between the PC and the ECU or the display. Please note: The MSA-Box II is not part of the MS 4 Sport Package.com . One set of mating connectors for display and ECU is inclusive. Various engine parameters can be measured with different input channels and transferred via the CAN interface to the DDU Sport Display. The ECU includes eight ignition drives for external power stages and eight independent injection power stages.ECU MS 4 Sport Package The MS 4 Sport Package consists of the following components: • MS 4 Sport Engine Control Unit • Display DDU Sport with integrated data logger • Software tools for calibration and data analysis The key component of this package is the MS 4 Sport Engine Control Unit capable of running engines up to 8 cylinders. The integrated data memory stores up to 512 MB.

The high number of analog channels allows for the logging of numerous engine and chassis parameters.4 Sport/Sport Turbo The MS 4. 09 motorsport@bosch. 2 bank alpha/n dual Mechanical Data Aluminium housing 3 high pin density motorsports connectors 165 pins. 10 knock Two independent injection power stages. vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.4 Sport has 20 configurable pull-ups.4 Sport [1] is an engine management system for engines with up to 10 cylinders. There is also a version for Turbo engines [2] available. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 positions . Additionally the MS 4.each corresponds to different target lambda and spark maps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Support of Gasoline Direct Injection Asymmetric injection timing Asymmetric ignition timing Variable valve timing Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels (10-cylinders only 60-2!) Max. The system contains 10 ignition drivers for external vibration detection power sensor and stages inputs knock and allow control. Four independent wide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop engine control.com) up to 10 cylinders.com 15 .bosch-motorsport. each pin individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards Size Weight Temperature range 174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm 860 g -40 … 75 °C      [2] optional optional optional optional Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SC Mating connector III AS 6-16-35-SB F 02U 000 467-01 F 02U 000 469-01 F 02U 000 468-01   optional Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request 09 Oct. The robust housing is provided with motorsport connectors.Engine Control Units ECU MS 4.

4 Sport Turbo [2] F 01T A20 068-01 F 01T A20 074-01 16 motorsport@bosch. Logger) F 01T A20 050-01 Optional Functionality Knock Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 053-01 Electronic Throttle Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 051-01 Traction Control SW upgrade F 01T A20 052-01 on request Gasoline Direct Injection functionality Part Number MS 4.Electrical Data Max. low side) 2 power stages for lambda heater 1 H-bridge (7 A) 3 sensor supply Communication interfaces 1 K-line serial interface 2 CAN interfaces for external communication 5 V/600 mA 20 W at 14 V Optional Accessories MSA-Box II Data logger C Sport Data logger C 40 Data logger C40 Plus Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 02U V00 327-01 F 01T A20 061 F 01T A20 403 B 261 206 860 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459 Display DDU Sport (incl.6 A.com .2 A) 10 ignition drivers for external power stages 21 power stages (2.4 Sport [1] MS 4.7 A/0. power consumption Inputs 2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU 4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 4 inputs for Hall-effect camshaft sensors 39 inputs 0 … 5 V (20 with configurable pullups) 4 knock sensor inputs 8 digital inputs Outputs 10 injection power stages (2.

The torque based control strategy results in a precise and adaptable control of the engine. Consistent software structure guarantees easy recognition of all software labels and functions across the complete ECU Performance Line. The ECUs in the Performance Line are defined by a torque structure based engine control strategy: torque is used as the central variable for coordinating all requests (i.).com 17 . The Performance Line system is completed by use of the DDU 8 display and the C 60 external data logger. A PowerPC enables highly sophisticated control algorithms. All MS 5 ECUs utilize a new software development process based on MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm development. etc. This is then compared to the desired engine torque value to determine if any modification of the engine torque is needed.Engine Control Units Engine Control Units Performance Line The ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual solutions for various automotive and motorcycle applications. traction control. The actual engine torque value is determined from the correcting variables (air charge. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing and flexible signal control. engine/vehicle speed limiter. Overview ECUs Performance Line 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.e. ignition angle. and/or cylinder reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model.

the MSA-Box II. The logger and the ECU communicate over Ethernet.com . The ECU is calibrated with the software Modas Sport. The DDU 8 display is configured over CAN with the software RaceCon. The data can be also transmitted over burst or online telemetry.Example for a typical Performance Line system Depicted below there is an example system layout for the ECUs of the Performance Line. The C 60 data logger is also configured with RaceCon. Downloading and analysing the data is accomplished with the data analysis software WinDarab. connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a CAN/Ethernet link. The communication interface. 18 motorsport@bosch.

Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. 09 motorsport@bosch. As a member of our MS 5 family. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0 The MS 5. each pin individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards Size Weight Temp. It significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 steps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Injection timing Ignition timing up to 8 cylinders.com 19 . The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on MATLAB/Simulink. range (at internal sensors) 140 x 109 x 40. it features a powerful digital FPGA for processing core with and floating point arithmetic and a high-end ultimate performance flexibility. 2 bank torque-structure based with adaptation function Mechanical Data Dust and waterproof aluminium housing 2 high pin density motorsport connectors 132 pins. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.0 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.Engine Control Units ECU MS 5.5 mm 650 g -20 … 85 °C           Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-18-35 SB Mating connector II AS 6-18-35 SN F 02U 000 474-01 F 02U 000 472-01 Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max.bosch-motorsport.com) 09 Oct.

Electrical Data Approx. 12 Bit 4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to 250 ksps. power cons.5 … 18 V 11 … 14 V 6 … 24 V 9 W at 14 V Application Hints Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport. inductive or Hall-effect) 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire. inductive or Hall-effect) 4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect) 32 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V. Part Number MS 5. PWM) 1 H-bridge (5 A) 2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA 1 timebase synch-in/out Communication interfaces 2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces 2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces 6. low side. (w/o loads) Power Supply Full operation Recommended Absolute maximum Inputs 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4. PWM) 2 power stages (4 A. low side.9) 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire. 12 Bit) 2 inputs for vibration knock sensors 1 laptrigger input Outputs 8 injection power stages 8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A) 12 power stages (2 A.0 F 02U V00 326-02 20 motorsport@bosch.com .

The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on MATLAB/Simulink.1 The MS 5. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. 09 motorsport@bosch. code which and significantly documentation can be speeds algorithm development by using Custom functions quickly and easily generated. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 steps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Sequential fuel injection Asymmetric injection timing Asymmetric ignition timing up to 8 cylinders.Engine Control Units ECU MS 5. range (at internal sensors) 180 x 155 x 40 mm 1.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. 2 bank torque-structure based with adaptation function Mechanical Data Aluminium housing 3 high pin density motorsport connectors 165 pins.bosch-motorsport. it features a powerful digital FPGA for processing core with and floating point arithmetic and a high-end ultimate performance flexibility.com 21 . As a member of our MS 5 family. each pin individually filtered Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards Size Weight Temp. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.com) Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request 09 Oct.060 g -20 … 85 °C          optional optional Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-16-35 SN F 02U 000 467-01 F 02U 000 468-01 F 02U 000 466-01 Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max.1 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations. automatic generation.

Electrical Data Approx. we recommend calibration support from the experienced team at Bosch Motorsport. Part Number MS 5. (w/o loads) Power Supply Operating range Recommended Absolute maximum Inputs 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4. inductive or Hall-effect) 2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire.1 F 01T A20 071-01 22 motorsport@bosch. PWM) 4 power stages (4 A. 12 Bit) 4 knock sensor inputs 1 laptrigger input Outputs 8 injection power stages 8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A) 20 power stages (2 A. inductive or Halleffect) 4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect) 38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V.5 … 18 V 11 … 14 V 6 … 24 V 9 W at 14 V Application Hints Depending on your experience with ECU calibration. low side. inductive or Hall-effect) 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire. 12 Bit 4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to 250 ksps. low side.9) 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire. power cons.com . PWM) 2 H-bridges (5 A) 3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA 1 protected Ubat output 1A 6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals 1 timebase reference synch-in/out Communication interfaces 2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces 1 x RS232 serial interface 3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces 6.

The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.com) 09 Oct.5 The MS 5. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. 09 Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request motorsport@bosch.5 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders.) Temp.bosch-motorsport. As a member of our MS 5 family. each pin individually filtered Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards Size Weight (approx. 2 bank torque-structure based with adaptation function Mechanical Data Aluminium housing 3 high pin density motorsport connectors 165 pins. presenting a cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.com 23 . It significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. range (at internal sensors) 180 x 155 x 40 mm 1. The MS 5.Engine Control Units ECU MS 5. it features a powerful digital FPGA for processing core with and floating point arithmetic and a high-end ultimate performance flexibility. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated.5 has an internal 2 GB logger. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 steps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Sequential fuel injection Asymmetric injection/ignition timing up to 8 cylinders. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on MATLAB/Simulink.270 g -20 … 85 °C          optional Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-16-35 SN F 02U 000 467-01 F 02U 000 468-01 F 02U 000 466-01 Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Internal logger 2 GB Max.

inductive or Hall-effect) 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire.Electrical Data Approx. (w/o loads) Power Supply Full operation Recommended Absolute maximum Inputs 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4. inductive or Hall-effect) 2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire.5 F 02U V00 285-01 24 motorsport@bosch. low side. low side. power cons. PWM) 2 H-bridges (5 A) 3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/200 mA 1 protected Ubat output 1A 6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals 1 timebase synch-in/out Communication interfaces 2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces 1 x RS232 serial interface 3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces 6.com . inductive or Halleffect) 4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect) 38 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V. Part Number MS 5.9) 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire. 12 Bit) 4 inputs for vibration knock sensors 1 laptrigger input Outputs 8 injection power stages 8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A) 20 power stages (2 A. PWM) 4 power stages (4 A.5 … 18 V 11 … 14 V 6 … 24 V 13 W at 14 V Application Hints Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport. 12 Bit 4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to 250 ksps.

09 motorsport@bosch. code and It significantly speeds algorithm development by using documentation can be Custom functions quickly and easily generated.260 g -20 … 85 °C          Temp. each pin individually filtered Vibration resistant circuit board mounting Size Weight (approx.5 mm 1. As a member of our MS 5 family. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.com 25 . & Simulink®.) 200 x 170 x 36. 2 bank torque-structure based with adaptation function Mechanical Data Dust and waterproof aluminium housing 4 high pin density motorsport connectors 220 pins. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. it features a powerful digital FPGA for processing core with and floating point arithmetic and a high-end ultimate performance flexibility.2 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.2 The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on Matlab® automatic generation. Application Engine layout Control strategy Lambda control Speed limiter Gear cut for sequential gear box Map switch (3 positions .bosch-motorsport.each corresponds to different target lambda and spark maps) Fuel cut off Turbo boost control Knock control Electronic throttle control Traction control Sequential fuel injection Asymmetric injection timing Asymmetric ignition timing up to 12 cylinders.Engine Control Units ECU MS 5.com) Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request 09 Oct. range (at internal sensors) Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-16-35 SC Mating connector IIII AS 6-16-35 SN F 02U 000 467-01 F 02U 000 468-01 F 02U 000 469-01 F 02U 000 466-01 optional optional Calibration interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max.

inductive or Halleffect) 4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect) 2 gearbox speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect) 45 universal analog inputs 0 … 5 V. 12 Bit 14 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to 250 ksps. low side.com . inductive or Hall-effect) 2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire. 10 W at 14 V Application Hints Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport. PWM) 4 power stages (4 A.9) 1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire. Part Number MS 5.2 F 01T A20 069-01 26 motorsport@bosch.5 … 18 V 11 … 14 V 6 … 24 V approx. 12 Bit) 4 inputs for vibration knock sensors 1 laptrigger input Outputs 12 injection power stages (peak & hold) 12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A) 16 power stages (2 A. (w/o loads) Power Supply Operating range Recommended Absolute maximum Inputs 2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors 2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4. PWM) 4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA) 2 H-bridges (5 A) 3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/100 mA 6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals 12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA) 1 timebase reference synch-in/out Communication interfaces 2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces 1 x RS232 serial interface 4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces 6. low side.Electrical Data Power cons. inductive or Hall-effect) 1 camshaft sensor (2-wire.

Engine Control Units Diesel Engine Control Units ECU MS 15 Sport The MS 15 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6 cylinders. 120 W  Mechanical Data Dust and waterproof aluminium housing 2 connectors with 60 and 94 pins 6 housing fixation points Maximum dimensions without connectors with connectors Weight ECU internal temperature range Connectors Connector K (vehicle: 94 pin) Connector A (engine: 60 pin) Included Features Complete SW documentation Calibration guide Incl. pit speed limiter and fuel reset 1 internal ambient pressure sensor 1 internal ECU temperature sensor Outputs D 261 205 353-01 D 261 205 354-01 6 injection power stages for solenoid injectors 9 power stages main. solenoid valve injectors quantity based 1 main injection single Turbo - Electrical Data Power consumption w/o inj. It is developed for use in combination with Bosch solenoid injectors. 09 motorsport@bosch. configuration and evaluation tool Race Lab Sport with preconfigured settings Part Number MS 15 Sport 09 Oct. 5 W approx. Application Engine layout Injector types Control strategy Injection timing Turbo boost control Lambda measurement Traction control Speed limiter up to 6 cyl. workbase and configuration of Modas Sport Preconfigured CAN-messages for DDU Sport Incl. Power consumption @ full load Inputs 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 2 inputs for redundant pedal position sensor 6 analog inputs 0 … 5 V: fuel: low system and rail pressure boost pressure oil pressure exhaust gas: pressure and temperature 5 NTC temperature inputs: intake and boost air temperature fuel. fuel pump.com F 02U V00 350-01 27 . The MS 15 Sport software is provided with an optimized function range. The MS 15 Sport is able to operate in a 12 V or 24 V system.0 Amps) engine speed signal for tachometer diagnostic lamp Communication interfaces 2 CAN interfaces 1 K-Line display / logger calibration software software download approx. glow plug and 2 fan relays fuel metering unit of high pressure pump turbo actuator (PWM 5. coolant and oil temperature 1 input for Hall vehicle speed sensor 203 x 140 x 38 mm 203 x 167 x 38 mm approx. 725 g -20 … 75 °C 3 digital inputs: lap beacon.

com .bosch-motorsport. customer use) 2 firewire interfaces for external communication approx. Application Engine layout Injector type Control strategy Injection timing up to 8 cyl. basic design for inductive sensors 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 3 system inputs 0 … 5 V 13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V. solenoid valve injectors quantity based 2 pilot injections 2 main injection 1 post injection single or Bi-Turbo Electrical Data Power consumption w/o inj. 187 pins Vibration damped circuit boards 8 housing fixation points Size Weight Temperature range 28 motorsport@bosch. 5 W at 14 V approx. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors. Power consumption Inputs 2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp.com) Mechanical Data Aluminium housing 4 connectors in military technology with high pin density.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8 cylinders.ECU MS 15.1 The MS 15. sensors 2 lambda interfaces LSU 4 inputs for wheel speed sensors. application. 140 W at 14 V Turbo boost control Lambda measurement Traction control Gear cut for sequential gearbox Speed limiter  optional   Optional function packages available Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max. basic design for inductive sensors 4 inputs for turbo speed sensors. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.780 g -40 … 75 °C 2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use 3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA 3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA Communication interfaces 3 CAN interfaces (dash. fixed pull-up 27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V. switchable pull-up 3 digital inputs Outputs 8 injection power stages 12 power stages (low side) 2 power stages for lambda heater 2 H-bridge 210 x 36 x 199 mm 1.

09 motorsport@bosch. Software Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request Part Number MS 15.1 solenoid injector F 01T A20 022 09 Oct.com 29 . logger) F 01T A20 050-01 Application Hints Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.Engine Control Units Connectors Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-16-35 SC Mating connector IV AS 6-12-35 SD F 02U 000 466-01 F 02U 000 468-01 F 02U 000 469-01 F 02U 000 445-01 Optional Accessories MSA-Box II Data logger C55 Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55 Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 02U V00 327-01 F 01E B01 630 F 01T A20 024 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459 Display DDU Sport (incl.

ECU MS 15.2
The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6 cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch piezo injectors.

Application
Engine layout Injector type Control strategy Injection timing up to 6 cyl. piezo injectors quantity based 2 pilot injections 1 main injection 1 post injection single or Bi-Turbo

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj. Power consumption Inputs 2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temp. sensors 2 lambda interfaces LSU 4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors 4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors 1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 3 system inputs 0 … 5 V 13 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, fixed pullup 27 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup 3 digital inputs Outputs 6 injection power stages 12 power stages (low side) 2 power stages for lambda heater 2 H-bridges 210 x 36 x 199 mm 1,780 g -40 … 75 °C 2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use 3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA 3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA Communication interfaces 3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use) 2 firewire interfaces for external communication approx. 5 W at 14 V approx. 140 W at 14 V

Turbo boost control Lambda measurement Traction control Gear cut for sequential gearbox Speed limiter


optional

 

Optional function packages available Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Mechanical Data
Aluminium housing 4 connectors in motorsports technology with high pin density, 187 pins Vibration damped circuit boards 8 housing fixation points Size Weight Temperature range

30

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control Units

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage. Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual. Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior. Discharging Time Control Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current. Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual. Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior. IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement. Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class. Temperature Compensation Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand. Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor. Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Connectors
Mating connector I AS 6-16-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-16-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-16-35 SC Mating connector IV AS 6-12-35 SD F 02U 000 467-01 F 02U 000 468-01 F 02U 000 469-01 F 02U 000 445-01

Software
Modas Sport Calibration Software WinDarab Analysis Software inclusive on request

Accessories
MSA-Box II Data logger C 55 Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55 Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 02U V00 327-01 F 01E B01 630 F 01T A20 024 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger) F 01T A20 050-01

Application Hints
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Part Number
MS 15.2 Piezo injector F 01T A20 023

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

31

ECU MS 12
The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. This ECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis parameters can be measured with a high number of input channels. All measured data can be transferred via FireWire interface to an optional flash card data logger. Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor Interfaces) can be connected to increase the number of inputs. Gear box control strategies are optional.
Application
Engine layout Injector type Control strategy Injection timing up to 12 cyl. piezo injectors quantity based 2 pilot injections 1 main injection 1 post injection

Mechanical Data
Aluminium housing 5 connectors in motorsports technology with high pin density, 242 pins Each connector individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards 8 housing fixation points Size Weight Operating temperature range 240 x 200 x 57 mm 2,500 g -20 … 85 °C

Turbo boost control (including variable VTG) single or Bi-Turbo Lambda measurement Traction control Launch control Gear cut for sequential gearbox Gearbox control Speed limiter Optional function packages available Interface to Bosch Data Logging System Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

     

32

motorsport@bosch.com

Engine Control Units

Electrical Data
Power consumption without injection approx. 5 W at 14 V Power consumption @ 6500 rpm max. 160 W at 14 V Inputs 6 inputs for thermocouple sensors (e.g. exhaust gas temperature) 2 lambda interfaces LSU 4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors 2 gear box speed 4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors 2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor 1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor 3 system inputs 0 … 5 V 16 PT1000 32 universal inputs 0 … 5 V, switchable pullup 3 digital inputs 2 LVDT sensor interface 1 SSI interface Outputs 12 injection power stages 24 power stages (low side) 2 power stages for lambda heater 6 H-bridges 2 sensor supply 5 V/ system use 3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA 3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA Communication interfaces 2 K-Line serial interfaces 5 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN load resistor) 2 firewire interfaces for external communication

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage. Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual. Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior. Discharging Time Control Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current. Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual. Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior. IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement. Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class. Temperature Compensation Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand. Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor. Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Accessories
Data logger C 55 Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55 Display DDU 4 Display DDU 6 F 01E B01 630-01 F 01T A20 024 F 01E B01 461 F 01E B01 459

Application Hints
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Connectors
Mating connector I AS 6-18-35 SA Mating connector II AS 6-18-35 SB Mating connector III AS 6-18-35 SC Mating connector IV AS 6-18-35 SN Mating connector V AS 6-12-35 SD F 02U 000 473-01 F 02U 000 474-01 F 02U 000 475-01 F 02U 000 472-01 F 02U 000 445-01

Part Number
MS 12 Piezo injector F02U V00 241-01

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

33

34

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Injection & Ignition

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

35

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6
EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner to achieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow. EV start 6 injection valves feature The high

corrosion resistance and excellent engine characteristics. hydraulic connections of all Bosch injection valves are compatible.
Application
Fuel input Operating temperature Permissible fuel temperatures axial (top-feed) -40 ... 110°C ≤ 70°C Spray type Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 bar max. 8 bar ≤ 90 g Spray angle  Bent angle γ Coil resistance

Characteristic
Housing design Connectors standard, long Jetronic, Sumitomo and motorsport connectors C (single beam) or E (twin beam) 134 up to 962 cm3/min 92 up to 658 g/min (n-heptane) 15° … 70° 0° … 20° 1.2 … 16 

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021

Mechanical Data
System pressure Weight

Electrical Data
Solenoid resistance Max. power supply 1.2 … 16  6 … 16 V

Application Hint
Please ask for more information before ordering. Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and hold power stage.

Examples of Series Production
Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 (n-Heptan) [g/min] bar [cm3/min] 116 261 261 269 310 170 382 382 393 453 Design S L L L S Type C C E E C Spray angle 80 15° 15° 20° 15° 20° Bent angle γ 0° 0° 0° 10° 5° Coil resistance 14.5 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω Part number 0 280 156 194 0 280 155 737 0 280 155 830 0 280 156 063 0 280 156 012

More than 400 versions are available upon request.

36

motorsport@bosch.com

2 Ω 12 Ω Part number B 280 431 127-07 B 280 431 128-04 B 280 431 129-03 B 280 431 131-02 B 280 434 499-02 Further special motorsport versions are available upon request.Injection & Ignition Examples for Motorsports Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design (n-Heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min] 261 364 364 493 658 382 533 533 721 962 S S S S S Type C C C C C Spray angle 80 70° 25° 70° 70° 25° Bent angle γ 0° 15° 0° 0° 0° Coil resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 1. Some Examples EV 6 CL 0 280 155 737 EV 6 EL 0 280 155 830 EV 6 CS 0 280 156 005 EV 6 CS B 280 431 127-07 EV 6 CS B 280 431 131-02 EV 6 CS B 280 434 499-01 Spray Illustration 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 37 .

EV 6 Standard EV 6 Long 38 motorsport@bosch.com .

.com 39 .. 09 Oct. Various delivery rates and sprayangles are available. There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Electrical Data Solenoid resistance Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. power supply 11 … 16  16 V Examples of Series Production Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design (n-Heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min] 120 193 217 269 310 175 282 317 393 453 S S S S S Type E E E E E Spray angle 80 15° 15° 15° 15° 15° Bent angle γ 10° 10° 10° 10° 10° Coil resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω Part number 0 280 157 002 0 280 157 012 0 280 155 897 0 280 155 892 0 280 157 000 More than 30 versions are available upon request.023 cm3/min 59 … 670 g/min (n-Heptane) 5° … 60° 0° … 17° Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021 Mechanical Data System pressure Weight Installation lengths Application Hint Please ask for more information before ordering. 8 bar 40 g 48 mm (total 81 mm) Spray angle  Bent angle γ standard with extension Jetronic. 110°C ≤ 70°C Characteristic Housing design Connectors Spray type Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 bar max. Sumitomo and motorsport connectors C (single beam) or E (twin beam) 146 … 1. Application Fuel input Operating temperature Permissible fuel temperatures axial (top-feed) -40 .Injection & Ignition Injection Valve EV 12 EV 12 injection valves are EV 6 injection valves with an extended tip.

Some Examples EV 12 E 0 280 155 892 EV 12 E 0 280 155 897 EV 12 E 0 280 157 000 Spray Illustration EV 12 40 motorsport@bosch.com .

. Sumitomo and motorsport connectors C (single beam) or E (twin beam) 146 up to 1. 110°C ≤ 70°C Characteristic Housing design Connectors Spray type Flow rate at 3 bar Spray angle  Bent angle γ Coil resistance compact. power supply 12  16 V Application Hint The Version “i” is only for special motorsport applications. long Jetronic. 48.com 41 .65 mm Flow rate at 3 bar 100 up to 700 g/min (n-Heptane) Electrical Data Solenoid resistance Max. EV 6 injection valve EV 14 allows for a wide range of flow rates and spray patterns.023 cm3/min 15° … 85° 0° … 15° 12  Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021 Mechanical Data System pressure Weight Installation lengths max.6.65 or 60.. Please ask for more information before ordering.Injection & Ignition Injection Valve EV 14 EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the technology. Examples of Series Production Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design (n-Heptane) [g/min] bar [cm3/min] 104 106 150 150 237 237 429 670 152 155 219 219 347 347 627 980 L L L S KxT L SxT KxT Type C E C E C E E C Spray Bent angle γ angle 80 15° 15° 20° 19° 20° 22° 25° 30° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 5° 0° 0° Coil resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω Part number 0 280 158 110 0 280 158 200 0 280 158 107 0 280 158 013 0 280 158 038 0 280 158 116 0 280 158 123 0 280 158 040 More than 200 additional versions are available upon request. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications. 8 bar 25 g 33. 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch. standard. Application Fuel input Operating temperature Permissible fuel temperatures axial (top-feed) -40 .

com .Examples for Motorsports Flow rate at 3 bar Flow rate at 3 Design (n-Heptan) [g/min] bar [cm3/min] 213 261 310 387 387 503 503 697 311 382 453 566 566 736 736 1. Spray Illustration EV 14 Types 42 motorsport@bosch.019 ixT ixT i S S S S S Type C E C C C C C E Spray angle 80 85° 20° 25° 70° 25° 70° 25° 20° Bent angle γ 0° 15° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° 0° Coil resistance 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω Part number B 280 436 323-03 B 280 436 548-01 B 280 436 470-01 B 280 436 038-09 B 280 436 038-10 B 280 436 038-07 B 280 436 038-08 B 280 436 469-01 Further special motorsport versions are available upon request.

com 43 .Injection & Ignition EV 14 Compact EV 14 Standard 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.

EV 14 Long 44 motorsport@bosch.com .

Vibration 308 … 1.500 Ω Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Kompakt A 928 000 453 Pos Gnd - 09 Oct.1 A 145 … 160 μs 12 V 2.5 … 12 A 355 … 440 μs 12 V 4.8 … 7. Also the flow rate can be defined in a big range. 09 motorsport@bosch.7 mm 87 mm Characteristic Spray type Number of holes Spray angle overall Spray angle single beam Static flow tolerance Dynamic flow tolerance Leakage Multihole 4 … 7 holes 110° 8 … 20° ±5 % ±6 % @ ti = 1. The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape.026 g/min @ 100 bar top-feed-injector gasoline [1] 150 bar [2] 200 bar -31 … 130 °C -40 … 70 °C 600 m/s2 Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Diameter Length 68 g 20.5 … 3.1 A 1.5 mm³/min @ 23 °C Electrical Data Booster power supply Booster current Booster sustain time Peak power supply Peak current Peak sustain time Hold power supply Hold current Coil resistance 65 … 90 V 8. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times.com 45 . which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times. The function of the HDEV 5 is both to meter out the fuel and to obtain a welldefined mixture of fuel and air. which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injection.5 ms ≤ 2. Application Application Fuel input Fuel Operating pressure Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max.Injection & Ignition HP Injection Valves HP Injection Valve HDEV 5 The HDEV 5 is a high pressure injector.

com).1 or HPI 1. please ask for consultancy at Bosch Motorsport.16).2 [1] on request [2] on request Examples of variations.com . HPI 1.1 HDEV 5. Part Number HDEV 5.bosch-motorsport. further variations on request 46 motorsport@bosch.Application Hint The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport power stage (e. The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically) if the tip will not be damaged.g. If your application conditions will not match the listed performance data. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Do not use supersonic cleaning.

so that overlapping injection of injectors of different groups is possible.1 Active low (for HDEV 1) HPI 1.0 V Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1/HDEV 5 Max. vibration Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or www. 09 motorsport@bosch.1 Active low The injection control inputs of the HPI 1.1 The injector power stage HPI 1. operation) Max. The injectors are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. operation) 6 9. Application Max.bosch-motorsport. Within a group only one injector can be switched on at the same time.000 Electrical Data Power supply Internal voltage regulator Operating voltage (normal operation) Operating voltage (engine start) Nominal voltage Communication interfaces 1 CAN (500 kBaud) 1 K-Line 14 V 11 … 16 V 6 … 18 V 14. rpm (6-cyl. The 3 groups are totally independent.1 is an instrument for driving injectors for gasoline direct injection. number of cylinders Max.1 Active low are inverting (Low = ”ON”) for operation with standard lowside power stages of automotive ECUs.Injection & Ignition Power Stage Units HPI 1.1 is realized via CAN interface. HPI 1. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. rpm (4-cyl.1 Active low (for HDEV 5) F 01T A20 000-01 F 02U V00 030-01 Mechanical Data Sheet-metal housing Each connector pin individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards Housing temperature Size Weight -25 … 85 °C 180 x 162 x 46 mm 430 g 09 Oct. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 1.000 6.com) Part Number HPI 1.com 47 .

operation) 6 9.1 Active high (for HDEV 1) F 01E B01 645-01 HPI 1.com .000 Electrical Data Power supply Internal voltage regulator Operating voltage (normal operation) Operating voltage (engine start) Nominal voltage Communication interfaces 1 CAN (500kBaud) 1 K-Line 14 V 11 … 16 V 6 … 18 V 14. vibration Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or www. number of cylinders Max. operation) Max.000 6.com) Part Number HPI 1. rpm (6-cyl.1 Active high (for HDEV 5) F 02U V00 036-01 Mechanical Data Sheet-metal housing Each connector pin individually filtered Vibration damped circuit boards Housing temperature Size Weight -25 … 85 °C 180 x 162 x 46 mm 430 g 48 motorsport@bosch.0 V Optimised for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1/HDEV 5 Max.1 Active high are non-inverting (High = ”ON”). rpm (4-cyl. Application Max.1 Active high The injection control inputs of the HPI 1.bosch-motorsport.HPI 1.

16 HVD has an internal voltage regulator.bosch-motorsport.16 Box enables the running of high pressure injection valves. pick-up period.bosch-motorsport.500 65 … 90 V Part Number HPI 1.16 HVD F 01T A20 018 09 Oct. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.500 - Part Number HPI 1.com 49 . vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.16 HVD In addition the HPI 1. Mechanical Data Max.com) Electrical Data Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5. HDEV 1 Max. The injector current is realised by a switched current regulation with booster period. rpm Internal voltage regulator 12. 24 h Le Mans.Injection & Ignition HPI 1.0 V Max. rpm Internal voltage regulator 12. HDEV 1 Max.16 HV / HVD In combination with a Bosch Motorsport ECU the HPI 1. number of cylinders Dust and waterproof aluminium housing Filtered connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density Vibration damped printed circuit boards Flexible housing fixation points Size without connectors Weight Communication interfaces 135 x 101 x 43 mm 575 g 1 CAN. 1 K-Line 10 Conditions for Use Housing temperature Operating voltage Nominal voltage -25 … 70 °C 8 … 18 V 14.16 HV F 01T A20 019 HPI 1. holding period and recharging period. number of cylinders Dust and waterproof aluminium housing Filtered connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density Vibration damped printed circuit boards Flexible housing fixation points Size without connectors Weight Communication interfaces 135 x 101 x 43 mm 725 g 1 CAN.16 HV Mechanical Data Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. HPI 1. etc (90 V external required). 1 K-Line 10 Conditions for Use Housing temperature Operating voltage Nominal voltage -25 … 85 °C 8 … 18 V 14. This HPI can be used for example in racing series like DTM.com) Electrical Data Optimised for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5.0 V Max.

.2 [2] Mechanical Data Size Weight w/o wire Mounting [1] 70. IM 3.2 This ignition module IM is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.Ignition Module IM 3.com . 16.5 V 6 . mA (e.5 A < 10 A <3V <9V 50 motorsport@bosch. Application Primary current Clamp voltage ≤ 8.5 x 68 x 20 mm [2] 71 x 48 x 21 mm 47 g 2 x M4 screws with spring washer Operating temperature range @ measuring point -40 … 120 °C Storage temperature range Max. @ TU < 120 °C UCE satt @ IC = 5 A UCE satt @ IC max 13.1 [1] The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.1 / 3. The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 MS 4 Sport/MS 4. vibration -40 … 130 °C 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2.g.4 Sport).5 A 380 V ±30 V IM 3.500 Hz Characteristic Characteristic dwell time see characteristic dwell time from the ignition coil used Internal transistor triple Darlington Electrical Data UBatt typical Voltage supply IB high active on IB low off IB IC typical IC max. 10 mA 0 mA 10 … 22 mA ≤ 8..5 V min.

g.x ignition driver outputs ignition coil terminal 4a Foreign ECU without special current driver needs this circuit +5V terminal 4b 150 Ω ECU control signal 10 kΩ 33 Ω BCX 58 ignition module 0 227 100 2XX Connectors [1] Connector 1 Three Pin Connector @ 3.2 can be used with: Coil 2x2.Injection & Ignition Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition modules IM 3.2 ECU with 10 to 20 mA current driver U batt / power supply e.2 mm.2 [2] 0 227 100 209 0 227 100 203 09 Oct. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.1 Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Bosch Jetronic 3-pin D 261 205 289-01 Collector Transistor 1 Collector Transistor 2 Collector Transistor 3 Bosch Jetronic 4-pin D 261 205 351-01 Basis Transistor 3 Gnd Basis Transistor 2 Basis Transistor 1 Bosch Jetronic 7-pin F 02U B00 252-01 Collector Transistor 1 Basis Transistor 1 Collector Transistor 2 Gnd Basis Transistor 2 Collector Transistor 3 Basis Transistor 3 Application Hint The ignition modules 3.bosch-motorsport.com). [1] Connector 2 Four Pin Connector @ 3. The IM 3.1 [2] Connector 1 Seven Pin Connector @ 3. P35. 3x2. 09 motorsport@bosch. P35-T and PS or comparable coils. A heat conductive paste has to be used.2 are designed for use with engine control units which have no integrated ignition transistor.1 / 3. The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. Bosch MS 4.1 / 3. Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.1 / 3. Please observe the specified limit values.com 51 . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.1 [1] Ignition Module IM 3.2 Part Number Ignition Module IM 3.

2 52 motorsport@bosch.Dimensions IM 3.1 Dimensions IM 3.com .

5 V 6 . vibration -40 … 130 °C 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. MS 4 Sport/MS 4. 10 mA 0 mA 10 … 22 mA < 8. The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e. The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages..5 V min.5 A < 10 A <3V <9V 09 Oct.Injection & Ignition Ignition Module IM 4 This ignition module IM is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils..5 x 68 x 20 mm 54 g 2 x M4 screws with spring washer Operating temperature range @ measuring point -40 … 120 °C Storage temperature range Max. 09 motorsport@bosch.g.500 Hz Characteristic Characteristic dwell time see characteristic dwell time from the ignition coil used Internal transistor triple Darlington Electrical Data UBatt typical Voltage supply IB high active on IB low off IB IC typical IC max. 16.com 53 . Application Primary current Clamp voltage ≤ 8.4 Sport). @ TU < 120 °C UCE Satt @ IC = 5 A UCE Satt @ IC max 13.5 A 380 V ±30 V Mechanical Data Size Weight w/o wire Mounting 70.

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. A heat conductive paste has to be used. P35. Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water. This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units which have no integrated ignition transistor. P35-T and PS or comparable coils. Please observe the specified limit values.2 mm.com . Connector 2 Five Pin Connector Part Number Ignition Module IM 4 0 227 100 211 54 motorsport@bosch.Electronic circuit for connecting the ignition module IM 4 Connectors Connector 1 Four Pin Connector Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Bosch Jetronic 4-pin D 261 205 351-01 Collector Transistor 4 Collector Transistor 3 Collector Transistor 2 Collector Transistor 1 Bosch Jetronic 5-pin D 261 205 352-01 Basis Transistor 1 Basis Transistor 2 Gnd Basis Transistor 3 Basis Transistor 4 Application Hint The ignition module 4 can be used with: Coils 2x2. 3x2. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.

Injection & Ignition Dimensions IM 4 09 Oct.com 55 . 09 motorsport@bosch.

5 +: M4 / -: M5 56 motorsport@bosch.com .Fuel Pumps Fuel Pump FP 100 Fuel delivery: >100 l/h. 5 bar Description Fuel delivery High temperature reduction Supply voltage Current consumption Weight Non return valve >100 l/h 30 l/h 13.5 V 5 A (5 bar) 725 g external Accessories Primary connector Part Number FP 100 Y 580 701 456-03 Connections Intake side Pressure side Electrical M16 x 1.5 M12 x 1.

Injection & Ignition Fuel Pump FP 165 Fuel delivery: >165 l/h.5 V 10 A (5 bar) 980 g internal Accessories Primary connector Part Number FP 165 0 580 254 979 Connections Intake side Pressure side Electrical M14 x 1.com 57 . 09 motorsport@bosch.5 M12 x 1. 5 bar Description Fuel delivery High temperature reduction Supply voltage Current consumption Weight Non return valve >165 l/h 30 l/h 13.5 +: M4 / -: M5 09 Oct.

030 g external Accessories Primary connector Part Numbers FP 200.5 V 13 A 1.5 M12 x 1. 5/8 bar after a break-in period of 20 h Description Fuel delivery High temperature reduction Supply voltage Current consumption Weight Non return valve >200 l/h 30 l/h 13. 5 bar FP 200.Fuel Pump FP 200 Fuel delivery: >200 l/h. 8 bar 0 580 254 044 B 261 205 413 Connections Intake side Pressure side Electrical M18 x 1.5 +: M6 / -: M5 58 motorsport@bosch.com .

5 V 13. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.8 (-4 %) Pressure limiting valve Surface coating Color 8. Part Number FP 300 FP 300L [1] B 261 205 366-01 [2] F 02U V00 636-01 09 Oct.bosch-motorsport.com). 5 bar -14. The internals of the pump are designed specifically applications. anodized red Mechanical Data Diameter Length Weight Mounting 50 mm 174 mm [1] 714 g [2] 670 g clamping Characteristic Non return valve intern Connectors and Wires Electrical connector + M6/.com 59 . The pumps can be used for Gasoline. For technical reasons the values may vary.M5 Electrical mating connector with ring wire M6 and M5 Mechanical connector intake side Mechanical connector pressure side M18x1. The FP 300L [2] has further weight reduction measures.3 ± 1 A Hot delivery decrease @ 95 °C.5 M12x1.8 V 17. for motorsport F 300 Higher fuel delivery (from modified rotor design) as well as an improved power-toweight ratio are two of the advantages of this pump.Injection & Ignition Fuel Pump FP 300/FP 300L Fuel delivery: >300 l/h The FP 300 [1] represents the next generation of low-pressure in-line fuel pumps. Please use only within the specified limit values.5 Application Hint Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user. 09 motorsport@bosch.5 bar rel. Application Fuel delivery Fuel pressure Fuel Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max. 13 V. vibration >300 l/h 8 bar Gasoline/Diesel/Bio fuel (E85 / M100) -20 … 90 °C -40 … 70 °C 3 mm @ 10 … 18 Hz ≤ 40 m/s2 @ 18 … 60 Hz F 300L Electrical Data Delivery rate @ 5 bar and 22 °C Supply voltage Operating voltage Load current @ 5 bar and 22 °C 340 ± 1 l/h 10 … 16. Diesel and Bio fuels. Please flush the pump with gasoline after the use with Methanol fuel.

0 9.0 Operating Voltage U [V] 12.0 13.delivery pressure p [kPa] 24.00 20.0 11.com .00 10.00 7.0 8.0 11.00 14.0 13.0 14.00 Load Current I [A] 300 400 500 600 16.00 4.0 10.0 delivery volume Q [l/h] 300 250 200 150 100 50 0 7.0 Operating Voltage U [V] delivery pressure p [kPa] 500 200 450 400 350 300 400 500 600 12.00 200 22.0 15.00 8.0 8.00 12.0 FP 300 FP 300L 60 motorsport@bosch.0 15.0 10.00 6.0 9.0 14.00 18.

The design allows achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficiency.67 cm³/ Ucam Fuel delivery 1.com 61 .1 cm³/ Ucam on request on request 4 … 7 bar -40 °C .5 Part Numbers Fuel delivery 0. +120 °C -40 °C … +70 °C unleaded fuels. 09 motorsport@bosch.g. different flow- Mechanical Data Nominal fuel delivery Nominal pressure Weight Max.. thread hole M14x1.650 min-1 Connections Intake side Pressure side e.Injection & Ignition HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 The HDP 5 is a compact designed high pressure single piston pump.500 … 4. vibration up to 1.5 e. 780 g 3.. E22. E85. drive speed (pump drive shaft) Supply pressure Operating temperature Storage temperature Compatible Fuels Fuel temperature Max. M15 80 °C (short-term 130 °C) up to 600 m/s² Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flange 09 Oct.g. as needed in motorsports applications. thread hole M14x1.1 cm³/ Ucam up to 20 MPa approx. Variation of number of cam lobes and cam lift allows addressing the requirements.

15 mm. 400 l/h Part Numbers Standard version 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar Methanol version 6 bar 8 bar 10 bar B 261 208 121 B 261 208 122 B 261 208 123-01 B 261 208 106 B 261 208 108 B 261 208 109 Description Light weight aluminium housing No manifold connection Erledigung durch Kunden Effect by customer O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem Motorenöl einölen Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen Leaktest after installation Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringe überprüft werden When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused. O-ring 9.Fuel Pressure Regulators Fuel Pressure Regulators Mini/Mini M Pressure range: 6/8/10 bar We offer this mini pressure regulator in two fuel-specific versions: the standard version for use with petrol and a M-version for use with methanol. max.com . O-ring min. the Orings must be checked Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist unzulässig Operation with air is not allowed - - - 62 motorsport@bosch. 30 l/h. Mechanical Data Supply Reflow Reflow quantity 25 mm.

09 motorsport@bosch. 15 l/h.15 mm. max.5 bar/3.5 … 5 bar Mechanical Data Supply Reflow Reflow quantity Weight 24.2 … 3.Injection & Ignition Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A Pressure ranges: 2.5 bar 3. O-ring min.6 mm. the Orings must be checked Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist unzulässig Operation with air is not allowed - - - 09 Oct.5 … 5 bar B 280 550 340 B 280 550 341 Description Light weight aluminium housing No manifold connection Erledigung durch Kunden Effect by customer O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem Motorenöl einölen Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen Leaktest after installation Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringe überprüft werden When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused.2 … 3. 220 l/h 58 g Part Numbers 2.com 63 . O-ring 9.

O-ring 9.15 mm.Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38 Pressure range: 3. max.8 bar Mechanical data Supply Reflow Reflow quantity Set pressure Set pressure accuracy Linearity External leak Bust pressure 24. 220 l/h 380 kPa 2% 1% no fuel leakage at 500 kPa > 1. the Orings must be checked Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist unzulässig Operation with air is not allowed - - - 64 motorsport@bosch.6 mm. O-ring min.500 kPa Conditions for Use Temperature range Vibration Weight -40 … 120° C < 600 m/s2 45 g Part Number Mini 38 0 280 160 616 Erledigung durch Kunden Effect by customer O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem Motorenöl einölen Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen Leaktest after installation Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringe überprüft werden When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused.com . 15 l/h.

O-ring 9.0 bar Mechanical Data Supply Reflow Reflow quantity Set pressure Set pressure accuracy Linearity External leak Bust pressure 24. 220 l/h 500 kPa 2% 1% no fuel leakage at 500 kPa > 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.500 kPa Description Sheet steel housing with manifold connection Part Number Mini 50 (incl. O-ring min. max. filter screen) B 280 550 113-03 Erledigung durch Kunden Effect by customer O-Ringe leicht mit sauberem Motorenöl einölen Oil O-rings lightly with clean engine oil Nach der Montage an Kraftstoffzuteiler ist Dichtheitsprüfung durchzuführen Leaktest after installation Bei Ausbau und Wiederverwendung des Druckreglers müssen die O-Ringe überprüft werden When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused.15 mm. the Orings must be checked Betrieb des Druckreglers mit Luft ist unzulässig Operation with air is not allowed - - - 09 Oct.com 65 .6 mm. 15 l/h.Injection & Ignition Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 50 Pressure range: 5.

temperature of location 10 … 200 bar max.HP Control Valve DSV The DSV is specifically designed for regulation of pressure in the common rail of high pressure injection systems. Mechanical Data Pressure range Flow quantity Weight Size Housing Operating temperature Max.com . 5 min) Electrical Data Operation voltage Operation current 6.5 … 18 V Imax = 2.2 A Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Bosch Compact Part Number HP Control Valve DSV 0 261 540 011 66 motorsport@bosch. 220 l/h 135 g 32 x 54 x 56 mm Aluminium -20 … 130 °C 140 °C (max.

09 Oct.800 bar Piezo.400 ccm/rev Pressure range up to 2.14 holes. up to 1. up to 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.8 holes. 6 . up to 2. In addition.com 67 .500 ccm/min at 100 bar.200 bar Pressure range up to 2. 6 .400 ccm/min at 100 bar. the injection system can vary from year to year even within the same make of car. A single injector design will not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical and nozzle geometry requirements.200 bar Pump with control valve and optional gear pump.Injection & Ignition Diesel System Components Diesel System Components Injector CRI 2 HP fuel pump CP3 Rail Injector CRI 3 Rail Pressure sensor RDS HP fuel pump CP4 Pressure control valve DRV Component Injector CRI 2 Injector CRI 3 High pressure fuel pump CP3 / CP4 Pressure control valve DRV Pressure limiting valve DBV Pressure sensor RDS Rails Specification Solenoid.400 bar Pressure range up to 2. up to 1.400 bar Common rail for up to 6 cylinders per bank The geometry and characteristics of diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application than for gasoline engines. up to 1.

Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate. and a single fuel rail: 1st Level Description series components with some minor modifications (e.400. This includes both solenoid (magnetic) technology used in earlier systems.00 € 500.00 € (Prices will be finalized in your personal offer once part numbers are defined) Additional remark: Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuel lines.g. These modifications include:     Definition of suitable base components from other (or larger) engine applications.00 € 1. spray cone angle etc.000. number of holes.). This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application.00 € 3. series components from a bigger engine (e.g.com .Bosch Motorsport uses the same technology for racing that was developed by Bosch for production vehicle applications.g. When contacting us for more information on our Diesel components. and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology. Adaptation of components for mating.100. fit and orientation to suit the selected application. Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.000. pump) plus series injector with sample nozzle) Solenoid 4 x 650. 1 high pressure pump.g.350. modified injector body with sample nozzle) 3rd Level components manufactured completely to your specification (e. Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications.250.00 € 4. Below is an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine with 4 injectors.00 € 1.00 € 12. heavily modified series components or new products) Piezo or Solenoid On request On request On request On request Functioning Injectors High Pressure Pump Fuel Rail System Price Piezo 4 x 2. but we can assist you in finding a company that can build high pressure lines for your application. please have the following information ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:    68 The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed Model year and type of car / engine The base output level and the desired output level for the engine motorsport@bosch.00 € 2nd Level series components with modification (e.

the part numbers of the components Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part number of the original injection system.Injection & Ignition   If it is a Bosch application. Please note: If your engine is originally equipped with Bosch components. modifications will be easier than replacing third party components. 09 motorsport@bosch. 09 Oct.com 69 . We reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ion current signal 500 mΩ 12 kΩ ≤ 1. The double fire 3x2 coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.490 g screw fastening Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 120 °C Storage temperature range Max. The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only three internal ignition power stages for supplying a 6-cylinder engine. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 65 mJ ≤ 8.0 A Mechanical Data Weight Mounting 1.Ignition Coils Double Fire Coil 3x2 This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost applications in 6-cylinder engines.com .9 ms No No No No 70 motorsport@bosch. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz Communication Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance with cable Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max.9 kV/μs ≤ 35 kV ≤ 80 mA ≤ 1.

4 22 V 1.0 14.3 1.0 8.2 3. Dwell time = f (Ubatt) 16.9 3.9 Ubatt 16 V 1.7 2.0 9.0 A 9.0 6.0 A 6. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.4 1.5 8V 4.0 2.07 100 45 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 100 Spark energy / mJ.0 A 10.Injection & Ignition Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 5.0 5.4 6A 45 1.4 mJ 90 80 ms 2.9 7A 56.8 1.4 1.5 5.5 3.1 3.3 9A 77.0 11.0 0.9 4.0 dwell time / ms 10.7 12 V 2.0 I primary / A 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 18V 24V Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary [A] 5A Spark Energy [mJ] Spark Duration [ms] Spark Current [mA] High Voltage [kV] 34.0 1. Spark Current / mA & High Voltage Offering / kV mA 2.0 4.3 2.98 88.4 2.0 6.7 2.1 1.2 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 I primary / A 70 60 50 40 30 20 Spark Duration / ms Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 09 Oct.6 2.2 9.9 Measured values are without loom resistance.7 2.1 24 V 1.9 80 39.5 1.63 60 29.6 1.0 6.4 1.8 1.2 2.0 A 7.0 2.2 1.4 6.4 2.2 6.3 5.6 1.6 1.2 18 V 1.8 1. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.78 70 34 8A 67.5 10 V 3.0 2.8 43 10 A 86.0 12.8 4.0 7.5 1.8 3.0 4.7 20 V 1.7 1.2 2 1.9 3.0 10. 09 motorsport@bosch.0 A 7.6 1.9 14 V 2.3 1.44 48 25.0 A 8.5 3.0 2.2 2.8 2.5 2.0 2.6 7.4 4.4 2.0 8.5 13.4 1.9 9.9 2.com 71 .

IGBT or BIP. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please use only within the specified limit values. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. This coil is only for use with engine control units having two integrated ignition power stages. Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition coil are not the ignition firing order but the cylinders' order.com). Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.com .Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Bosch Jetronic D 261 205 351-01 Coil 3 ECU Ignition Driver Stage Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage Ubatt Application Hint The coil can be directly mounted on the engine. please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing order. e.g.bosch-motorsport. Part Number Coil 3x2 0 221 503 002 72 motorsport@bosch.

9 kV/μs ≤ 35 kV ≤ 70 mA ≤ 2. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 70 mJ ≤ 8.com 73 . vibration ≤ 200 m/s2 -40 … 100 °C @ 5 … 250 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance with wire Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max.3 kΩ ≤ 1. The double fire 2x2 coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.0 A Mechanical Data Weight Mounting 916 g screw fastening Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 120 °C Storage temperature range Max. applications in 4-cylinder The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only two internal ignition power stages to supply a 4-cylinder engine.Injection & Ignition Double Fire Coil 2x2 This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost engines.2 ms No No No No 09 Oct. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal 500 mΩ 13. 09 motorsport@bosch.

6 1.3 3.3 18 V 1.3 2.0 Ubatt 14 V 16 V 1.3 6.6 2.03 61 34.com .0 10.8 12.5 4.0 1.0 A 8.8 2.5 4 3.5 1.0 A 6.2 5.4 2.31 77 42.1 22.9 3.0 8.2 8V 4.8 20 V 1.0 A 9.5 1 0.5 2 kV 50 40 30 20 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 I primary / A Spark Duration / ms Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 1.1 9.0 A 7.9 2.1 4.2 24 V 1. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.0 10.0 I primary / A Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary 5A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 34.0 6. Provided High Voltage / kV & Spark Current / mA 80 70 60 ms 3 2.9 9.5 22 V 1.2 1.0 A 10.9 2.2 1.8 3.0 Measured values are without loom resistance.0 12 V 2.2 10 A 89.7 3.3 2.5 74 motorsport@bosch.0 2.8 2.Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 5.0 10 V 3.6 2.5 1.7 2.0 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 20V 24V dwell time / ms 15.3 1.7 8. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 25.0 2.0 2. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.2 70 38.6 9A 79.0 20.5 1.5 8A 69.3 13.1 1.4 2.8 2.6 5.4 6.83 51 30 7A 58.0 11.0 3.1 1.0 2.0 2.4 88 45 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 100 mJ 4.9 6A 46.4 1.0 A 6.6 40 24.0 7.6 2.6 1.4 2.0 4.0 0.6 5.0 3.8 4.0 5.0 9.0 5.6 4.9 2.5 mA 90 Spark energy / mJ.4 1.2 7.

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com). e. This coil is only for use with engine control units having two integrated ignition power stages. Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.Injection & Ignition Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Coil 1 ECU Bosch Jetronic D 261 205 289-01 Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage Application Hint The coil can be directly mounted on the engine.g. Ubatt Ignition Driver Stage Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.com 75 .bosch-motorsport. IGBT or BIP. Please use only within the specified limit values. Please specify the required wire length with your order. please pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing order. 09 motorsport@bosch. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition coil are not the ignition firing order but the cylinders' order. Part Number Coil 2x2 0 221 503 407 09 Oct.

So the ignition can be parallel or serial . vibration -40 … 110 °C ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2.com .500 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max.offset with some angular degrees. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal 420 mΩ incapable of measurement ≤ 2.14 ms no yes no no 76 motorsport@bosch. produced in great quantities. The advantages of coils from run production robustness.1 kV/μs ≤ 35 kV ≤ 95 mA ≤ 1. The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils in one housing. This coil is a series coil.5 A are low costs and Mechanical Data Weight Mounting 496 g screw fastening Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. Application Spark energy Primary current 2 x ≤ 50 mJ 2 x ≤ 7.Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1 This ignition coil is specifically developed for engines with twin sparks.

9 931 70 27.160 105 37.20 13.10 2.3 0.2 1.1 0 Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm Spark Current Spark Duration 40 20 0 3.Injection & Ignition Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 4.00 2.45 2.0 4.90 3.5 7A 46.36 3.00 8.84 Measured values are without loom resistance. Spark Current / mA & High Voltage Offering / kV 100 80 60 mJ µs mA 1.11 2.140 95 36.5 4 4.35 2.0 A 4.6 0.5 0.4 0.5 A 49.2 0.98 2.8 0.47 1.5 7 7.7 0.5 8.5 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.00 dwell time / ms 10.5 5A 29.7 Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary) 120 Spark energy / mJ.0 A 6.75 1.14 18 V 1.70 6.5 6.51 1.0 6.65 2. ti = f (Ubatt) 16.7 8A 52.80 5.00 6.00 4.36 1.5 6 6.5 5 5.1 1 0.110 90 35.0 5.0 A 7.00 12.55 16 V 1.0 A 7. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.02 1.77 1.92 3. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.60 8V 2.5 I primary / A 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 18V Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary [A] 4A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 20 784 55 22.55 2.74 3.5 I primary / A 09 Oct.5 A 8.70 1.040 85 31.90 4.5 5.9 0.5 6A 38 1.28 1.2 1.05 2.5 8 kV 8.60 6.50 9.00 4.20 Ubatt 12 V 1.50 10 V 2.07 2.90 4.74 2.0 7.4 1.00 3.00 14.5 4.16 1.18 14 V 1.04 3.0 8.5 7.00 0.0 A 5.10 6.4 7.com Spark Duration / ms 77 .

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. IGBT or BIP. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.g.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Bosch Compact D 261 205 335-01 Ubatt Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Driver Stage Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Driver Stage Application Hint The coil can be directly mounted on the engine. Please use only within the specified limit values. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. e. Part Number Coil 2x1 0 221 503 035 78 motorsport@bosch.com .bosch-motorsport.com). This coil is only for use with engine control units having integrated ignition power stages. Ignition cables are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.

5 A Mechanical Data Length Weight Mounting ≤ 225 mm 194 … 250 g screw fastening Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. The P35-T [2] has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output. The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.500 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage [1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) [2] BIP 373 Electrical Data Primary resistance with wire [1] 760 mΩ [2] Incapable of measurement Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. mounting to the The P35 coil [1] has no integrated power stage and is developed for use with ECUs that have integrated ignition transistors.Injection & Ignition Single Fire Coil P35 / P35-T This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for direct cylinder head. 09 motorsport@bosch.13 ms Inductive Yes [1] No [2] Yes No 09 Oct.com 79 . Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 38 mJ ≤ 7.0 kV/μs ≤ 34 kV ≤ 90 mA ≤ 1. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal Incapable of measurement ≤ 2.

4 Spark Duration / ms Energy [@ 1000V||1MΩ] Spark Current High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Duration Spark energy / mJ.4 18 V 1.1 1 0.5 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 20V 24V Characteristic Spark Energy & High Voltage I primary 4A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 18 0.7 2.0 3.0 13.5 4.0 8.0 A 5.5 24 V 0.7 3.0 7.5 I primary / A 7.5 4.9 mJ 70 60 50 40 kV 0.7 22 V 0.5 1.0 U batt 14 V 16 V 1.0 20 V 0.0 4.5 I primary / A 7.6 10 V 2.com .4 1.0 11.0 12.4 2.5 9A 47 1. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.0 A 5.0 1.0 dwell time / ms 10.1 3.8 2.15 100 36.0 2.9 1.77 50 22 5A 25.0 A 9.9 1.1 2.3 7A 38.5 6A 33.0 5.5 9.0 1.9 2.0 3.6 0.8 1.5 5.0 9.0 1.5 30 20 10 80 motorsport@bosch.4 1 74 30.5 9.1 2.2 1.6 2.4 1.2 2.6 12 V 1.4 8V 3.0 8. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 15.0 14.2 2.7 4.1 1.3 1.9 1.5 8.5 8.4 Measured values are without loom resistance.6 1.11 91 34.3 1.07 83 33 8A 43.5 3.2 1.1 4.8 0.4 5.5 3.7 0.0 6.5 6.9 11.0 1. High Voltage Offering / kV & Spark Current / mA 90 80 ms 1.4 0.0 A 6.5 1.3 1.0 A 7.2 1.0 0.7 0. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.7 1.4 1.3 1.5 6.2 1.9 3.0 A 8.3 1.91 62 26.5 5.7 3.8 1.2 Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary) 100 mA 1.4 6.0 2.Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 4.2 6.1 1.

com 81 .g. IGBT IRG4BC40S. e. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. For coils without "-T". Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.5 mm Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. 09 motorsport@bosch.com). please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage. please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages. Please only use within specified limit values. The coils with "-T".Injection & Ignition Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sumitomo D 261 205 367 [1] ECUIgnition Driver Stage [2] ECUIgnition Signal ECUGnd Ubatt Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. Please specify the required wire with your order.bosch-motorsport. Spark plug connector 140. Part Number Coil P35 [1] Coil P35-T [2] 0 221 504 030 0 221 604 014 09 Oct.

The single fire coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.13 ms Inductive Yes [1|2] No [3|4] Yes No 82 motorsport@bosch. The P35-TE [3|4] has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output.0 kV/μs ≤ 34 kV ≤ 90 mA ≤ 1. The length of the spark plug connector can be defined by customer.500 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage [1|2] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) [3|4] BIP 373 Electrical Data Primary resistance with wire [1|2] 760 mΩ [3|4] Incapable of measurement Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 38 mJ ≤ 7. vibration ≤ 400 m/s2 -40 … 100 °C @ 5 … 2.5 A Mechanical Data Length Weight Mounting ≤ 225 mm 194 … 250 g screw fastening Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. The P35-E coil [1|2] has no integrated power stage and is developed for use with ECUs that have integrated ignition transistors.com .Single Fire Coil P35-E / P35-TE For this single fire coil the customer can define the length of the spark plug connector. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal Incapable of measurement ≤ 2.

4 18 V 1.5 I primary / A 7.5 5.5 5.5 3.5 9.com 83 .5 1.0 7.0 4.0 A 5.0 5.4 1.0 12.5 6A 33.0 3.7 2.7 22 V 0.0 A 9.7 0.9 1.0 9.0 A 7.8 1.1 1 0.3 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.4 1.07 83 33 8A 43.0 1.1 3.6 1.3 1.6 10 V 2.4 5. High Voltage Offering / kV & Spark Current / mA 90 80 ms 1.4 Spark Duration / ms Energy [@ 1000V||1MΩ] Spark Current High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Duration Spark energy / mJ.0 14.5 6.5 4.5 30 20 10 09 Oct.0 A 5.4 1.0 A 6.4 0.11 91 34.0 1.9 mJ 70 60 50 40 kV 0.5 8.1 1.77 50 22 5A 25.0 A 8.0 1.9 11.1 2.3 1.3 1.2 1.6 12 V 1.Injection & Ignition Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 4.2 Spark Energy & High Voltage = f (I primary) 100 mA 1.7 1.0 U batt 14 V 16 V 1.5 9.7 4.9 1.4 1 74 30.0 11.5 24 V 0.0 2.0 1.0 8.5 8.5 9A 47 1.2 6.15 100 36.2 1.5 6.5 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 20V 24V Characteristic Spark Energy & High Voltage I primary 4A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 18 0.0 20 V 0. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.5 4.8 0. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.1 4.9 1.1 2.8 1.2 1.4 2.0 13. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 15.7 3.3 7A 38.3 1.6 0.8 2.6 2.4 8V 3.0 8.0 2.9 2.0 3.4 6.2 2.9 3.5 I primary / A 7.5 3.0 dwell time / ms 10.2 2.2 1.0 0.4 Measured values are without loom resistance.7 0.7 3.1 1.91 62 26.5 1.0 6.

For coils without "-T". e. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. IGBT IRG4BC40S. please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.com . Part Number Coil P35-E [1] Coil P35-E [2] Coil P35-TE [3] Coil P35-TE [4] F 02U V00 235-01 F 02U V00 440-01 F 02U V00 234-01 F 02U V00 439-01 84 motorsport@bosch. Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.bosch-motorsport. For spark plugs Spark plug connector [1|3] M10 [2|4] M12/M14 85 … 225 mm Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. The coils with "-T".Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sumitomo D 261 205 367 [1|2] ECU Ignition Driver Stage [3|4] ECU Ignition Signal ECU Gnd Ubatt Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.g. Please only use within specified limit values.com). Please pay attention to your spark plug. if it is a M10 or M12/M14 spark plug.

5 A Mounting Mechanical Data Weight [1] 223 g [2] 265 g pluggable Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max.000 Hz [2] ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 50 mJ ≤ 8. This coil has increased spark energy.000 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance with wire Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1kV || 1MΩ Noise suppression Yes. 09 motorsport@bosch. A high voltage ignition cable can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.0 kV/μs ≤ 35 kV ≤ 92 mA ≤ 1.com 85 . increased high voltage rise time and is operable in higher vibration environments. The coil P50-M [2] is specifically for motorsport applications.15 ms incapable of measurement 09 Oct.Injection & Ignition Single Fire Coil P50 / P50-M This single fire coil P50 [1] is a low cost concept designed for direct mounting to the cylinder-head. vibration -40 … 100 °C [1] ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. The mating ECU must have internal ignition power stages for each single fire coil. with spark plug connector Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal Yes No No 370 mΩ ≤ 3.

93 2.20 7.00 16V 24V 2.26 30 V 0.0 9.14 3.82 60 26.5 Spark Duration 86 motorsport@bosch.3 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) mA Spark energy / mJ.74 0. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 12.42 16 V 1.5 0.00 0.5 7 7.90 2.17 2.81 0.00 10.63 0.00 dwell time / ms 8.5 10 I primary / A Spark Duration / ms Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current 110 1.19 1.80 2.0 A 9.1 1 0.5 7.0 7.07 1.94 1.5 5.67 1.5 10.50 11.68 0.5 40.4 0.20 8V 2.9 9A 53 1.61 10 V 1.6 7A 37.33 2.98 Measured values are without loom resistance.00 4.76 3.0 A 6.Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 5.0 A 10.0 5.17 97 44.93 6.5 6 6.51 1.5 31.6 0.00 6V 8V 10V 6.00 12V 14V 4.93 0.84 4.84 2.84 0.7 0.4 10.29 2.9 0.97 Ubatt 14 V 1.4 8A 46.30 1.0 10.03 77 36.21 3.0 8.5 9.95 1.62 3.87 12 V 1.0 6.5 Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary [A] 5A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 22 0.13 1.51 2.5 8 8.5 I primary / A 8.77 24 V 0.53 0.7 0.8 6A 29.17 5.5 6.5 5 5.0 A 8.04 18 V 0.93 68.32 1.2 1.3 1. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.54 3.5 1.12 87.0 A 7.21 105 46.26 1.com .5 9 9. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.74 1. Spark Current / mA & Provided High Voltage / kV 100 90 80 70 60 mJ ms 1.08 1.51 1.06 2.79 2.81 4.51 5.70 9.53 1.4 10 A 58.4 1.0 A 3.3 1.8 kV 50 40 30 20 10 4.52 1.

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Bosch Compact D 261 205 335-01 ECU Ignition Driver Stage Gnd Ubatt

Application Hint
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please only use within specified limit values. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector 1 354 489 085

Part Number
P50 [1] 0 221 504 001 P50-M [2] B 261 208 315 incl. spark plug connector 1 354 489 085

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

87

Single Fire Coil P100-T
The P100-T is a transistorized stage BIP coil 355) (integrated power

developed for engines needing immense spark energy and long spark duration. The integrated power stage requires an ECU with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA. This single fire coil is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. This coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness and low cost.
Application
Spark energy Primary current ≤ 100 mJ ≤ 7.5 A

Mechanical Data
Weight Mounting 353 g screw fastening

Operating temperature range outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 400 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Characteristic
Measured with power stage BIP 355

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with/without cable Incapable of measurement Secondary resistance without noise suppression Incapable of measurement High voltage rise time Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal ≤ 1.7 kV/μs ≤ 30 kV ≤ 110 mA ≤ 1.9 ms inductive Yes Yes No

88

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Characteristic Dwell time [ms]
I primary 6V 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A 6.8 10.4 16.8 8V 4.0 5.5 7.3 9.9 13.7 10 V 2.9 3.8 4.9 6.1 7.6 9.3 12 V 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.5 5.4 6.4 1.8 2.4 2.9 3.6 4.2 4.9 U batt 14 V 16 V 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 18 V 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.5 3.0 3.4 20 V 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.2 2.6 2.9 22 V 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.6 24 V 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.3

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

Dwell Time = f (Ubatt)
18,0 16,0 14,0 dwell time / ms 12,0 10,0 8,0 6,0 4,0 2,0 0,0 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 I primary / A 7,5 8,5 9,5 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 18V 24V

Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A] 4A Spark Energy [mJ] Spark Duration [ms] Spark Current [mA] High Voltage [kV] 29.8 1.07 60 24.9 5A 44.2 1.3 70 28.6 6A 60 1.48 80 30.7 7A 79.5 1.65 95 30.9 8A 98.9 1.81 110 31 9A 118 1.93 125 31

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
mA

Spark energy / mJ, Provided High Voltage / kV & Spark Current / mA

120
ms

2

100
mJ

1,6

80

1,2

60

0,8

Spark Duration / ms

40
kV

0,4

Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration

20 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 I primary / A 7,5 8,5 9,5

0

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

89

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Bosch Compact D 261 205 336-01 ECU
Ignition Driver Stage

Application Hint
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. This coil has an integrated power stage, only use with engine control units with 10 to 20 mA current output driver. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please only use within specified limit values. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

ECU Gnd Engine
Gnd

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Part Number
Coil P100-T 0 221 604 006

90

motorsport@bosch.com

Injection & Ignition

Single Fire Coil PS / PS-T
These pencil coils are a basic low cost concept designed installation. for cylinder head

The PS coil [1] has no integrated power stage and is developed for use with ECUs that have integrated ignition transistors. The PS-T [2] has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA current output. The coils are only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for ignition applications.
Application
Spark energy Primary current ≤ 42 mJ ≤ 7.5 A

Mechanical Data
Diameter Weight Mounting 22 mm [1] 189 g [2] 202 g screw fastening

Operating temperature range outer core -20 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2,500 Hz

Characteristic
Measured with power stage [1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V) respectively BIP372 [2] BIP 355

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with cable [1] 570 mΩ [2] incapable of measurement Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal incapable of measurement ≤ 1.5 kV/μs [1] ≤ 30 kV [2] ≤ 27 kV ≤ 80 mA ≤ 1.1 ms Inductive Yes [1] No [2] Yes No

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

91

Characteristic Dwell Time [ms]
I primary 6V 4.0 A 5.0 A 6.0 A 7.0 A 8.0 A 9.0 A 2.90 4.20 6.30 14.40 8V 1.83 2.45 3.17 4.10 5.10 6.20 10 V 1.33 1.74 2.18 2.68 3.16 3.49 12 V 1.05 1.35 1.68 2.02 2.33 2.53 14 V 0.86 1.11 1.35 1.62 1.85 1.99 Ubatt 16 V 0.73 0.93 1.14 1.35 1.54 1.65 18 V 0.64 0.82 0.98 1.16 1.32 1.41 20 V 0.56 0.71 0.86 1.02 1.15 1.23 22 V 0.50 0.64 0.77 0.91 1.02 1.09 24 V 0.46 0.58 0.70 0.82 0.92 0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.

dwell time = f (Ubatt)
16,00 14,00 12,00 6V dwell time / ms 10,00 8,00 6,00 4,00 2,00 0,00 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 I primary / A 7,5 8,5 9,5 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 24V

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage
I primary [A] 4A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [ms] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 15 0.65 46 15.6 5A 22.8 0.793 62 19.3 6A 30.2 0.904 73 22.7 7A 38.2 1.01 84 26 8A 47.9 1.101 96 28.8 9A 52.9 1.13 100 30.2

Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary)
mA

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA & Provided High Voltage / kV

90 80 70
ms

1,8 1,6 1,4 1,2 1
mJ

60 50 40 30
kV

0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 I primary / A 7,5 8,5 9,5
Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] Voltage Offering [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration

20 10 0

92

motorsport@bosch.com

Spark Duration / ms

100

2

Injection & Ignition

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 [1] AMP C-O-28 44 25 [2] Bosch Compact [1] D 261 205 350-01 [2] D 261 205 336-01 [1] ECU collector [2] ECU Imp [1] Engine Gnd [2] ECU Gnd [1] Ubatt [2] Engine Gnd [1] n.a. [2] Ubatt

Application Hint
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. The coil PS is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S. The coil PS-T is only for use with engine control units having current output drivers with 10 to 20 mA, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please regard the specified limit values. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Part Number
Coil PS [1] Coil PS-T [2] 0 221 504 460 0 221 604 103

Coil PS

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

93

Coil PS-T 94 motorsport@bosch.com .

An additional advantage of this coil is the ability to vary the length of the spark plug connector to customer requirements.0 kV/μs ≤ 33 kV ≤ 170 mA ≤ 0.Injection & Ignition Single Fire Coil M This coil is the first ignition coil developed and designed specifically for motorsport use. 09 motorsport@bosch.53 ms without Yes No No Incapable of measurement 09 Oct. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 250 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance with cable Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 38 mJ ≤ 10 A Mechanical Data Length Weight Mounting 168 mm 180 g pluggable / pressed Operating temperature range @ outer core -20 … 160 °C Storage temperature range Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppression diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal 500 mΩ ≤ 4. This coil is also available as double fire coil and in a DR-25 sleeve with multiple connector options. Compared to a production based coil. Please note this coil is non-transistorized and must be used with an ECU that has integrated power-stages. the single fire coil M can operate in higher temperature and vibration environments.com 95 .

50 1.7 450 120 29 8A 28.91 1.0 7.0 A 7.98 1. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.63 Measured values are without loom resistance.0 11.0 9.0 12.6 480 135 31.0 13.72 30 V 0.0 A 8.00 7.27 2.6 530 170 36 12 A 44.19 24 V 0.88 0.73 2.19 14 V 0.23 1.48 0.74 0.00 2.Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 6.05 1.62 0.72 Ubatt 16 V 0.09 1.37 0.48 0.71 1.0 I primary / A 10.00 dwell time / ms 5.05 2.45 4.52 4.00 2.68 0.0 A 12.33 1.47 1.14 1.0 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 24V 30V Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary 6A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [μs] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 18.41 18 V 0.64 0.20 10 V 1.42 0.0 8.24 1. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 8.00 4.0 A 9.66 7.54 0.6 560 190 39 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 50 Spark energy / mJ & Provided High Voltage / kV mJ µs Spark Current / mA Spark Duration / µs 700 600 500 kV 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 5 7 9 I primary / A 11 13 400 300 200 100 0 mA Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 96 motorsport@bosch.00 3.0 A 3.4 510 150 34 10 A 37.53 0.48 0.96 3.60 0.52 1.00 5.14 1.00 0.43 0.4 7A 23.68 0.79 0.57 0.00 8V 2.93 1.8 400 100 25.37 1. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.6 9A 33.13 12 V 1.0 6.00 6.03 1.55 0.87 2.83 27 V 0.0 A 10.00 1.54 3.48 2.com .78 0.

bosch-motorsport.com 97 . IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.g.com). Part Number Coil M B 261 209 182-01 09 Oct. Wire length 15 … 100 cm Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark plug connector with your order. 09 motorsport@bosch. Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request. This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage. Please regard the specified limit values. e.Injection & Ignition Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 on request on request Ubatt red ECUIgnition Driver Stage white Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

43 ms inductive Yes [1] No [2] Yes optional 98 motorsport@bosch..Single Fire Coil S22 / S22-T This single fire coil was developed for the use in high performance engines. 100 °C @ 5 … 2. The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer specification.0 kV/μs ≤ 25 kV ≤ 300 mA ≤ 0. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 60 mJ ≤ 16 A Mechanical Data Diameter Weight Mounting 22 mm 150 g pluggable / pressed Operating temperature range @ outer core [1] 0 … 160 °C [2] 0 … 150 °C Storage temperature range Max.500 Hz Characteristic Data Measured with power stage [1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600V) [2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400V) Electrical Data Primary resistance with cable [1] 330 mΩ [2] incapable of measurement Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Max. high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppressor diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal incapable of measurement ≤ 5..com . vibration ≤ 800 m/s2 -40 . It is designed to mount directly on the spark plug. This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement and an integrated ignition power stage. The main benefits of this high performance coil are its robustness in hard racing applications and high energy efficiency.

91 2.0 16.34 0.8 394 260 24.44 0.99 20 V 0.9 16 A 64 430 300 25.76 2. dwell time = f (Ubatt) 5.40 1.0 14.1 10 A 28.10 1.0 A 12.00 3.3 305 185 22.54 0.91 0.12 3.1 251 150 21.6 14 A 50.0 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 24V Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary 8A Spark Energy [mJ] Spark Duration [μs] Spark Current [mA] High Voltage [kV] 18.35 0.10 1.68 0.51 0.68 0.0 15.50 dwell time / ms 3.0 10.com 99 .61 8V 1.19 16 V 0.80 1.63 0.0 A 15.50 0.62 0.70 0.0 17.08 1.53 0.52 Ubatt 14 V 0.61 4.27 0.74 10 V 0.50 4.0 A 10.2 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 65 mJ 600 550 500 450 µs Spark energy / mJ & Provided High Voltage / kV 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 7 9 11 13 15 17 I primary / A 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 Spark Current / mA Spark Duration / µs Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 09 Oct.00 7.84 0.0 8.50 2.0 A 1.84 1.00 0.04 1.27 1.6 15 A 58 415 280 24.12 12 V 0. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.44 0.73 24 V 0.00 1.50 1.50 0.0 A 16. 09 motorsport@bosch.71 1.53 0. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.0 9.43 0.0 11.0 12.70 3.83 1.Injection & Ignition Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 8.37 1.58 Measured values are without loom resistance.7 12 A 39 353 225 23.0 I primary / A 13.49 1.99 2.00 4.01 1.0 A 14.00 2.

IGBT IRG4BC40S.a.g. For coils without "-T". For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.com . Please regard the specified limit values.com). please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Pin 4 [1] optional ionic current signal screen cable white [2] Engine GND black Pin 5 [1] n. [2] optional ionic current signal screen cable white Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 on request on request Ubatt red [1] ECU collector white [2] ECU Imp yellow [1] Engine GND black [2] ECU GND blue Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage. Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignition coil. 100 cm Please specify your required wire length with your order. Wire size Wire length AWG 20/22 max. For coils with "-T". This will bring a spark energy of 40 mJ.bosch-motorsport. Part Number Coil S22 [1] Coil S22-T [2] 0 221 B00 115-01 0 221 B00 116-01 100 motorsport@bosch. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. e.

500 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppressor diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal 200 mΩ Incapable of measurement ≤ 7. The main benefits of this high performance coil are its robustness in hard racing applications and high energy efficiency. The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer specification.Injection & Ignition Single Fire Coil S19 This single fire coil was developed for the use in Formula 1 high performance engines.5 mm 100 g pluggable / pressed Operating temperature range @ outer core 0 … 160 °C Storage temperature range Max. Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 34 mJ ≤ 25 A Mechanical Data Diameter Weight Mounting 18.5 kV/μs ≤ 33 kV ≤ 320 mA ≤ 0. It is designed to mount directly on the spark plug.27 ms inductive Yes No optional 09 Oct. vibration -40 … 100 °C ≤ 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 101 . This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement.

0 19.300 10 V 0.278 0.148 0.586 0. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.390 0.176 0.119 0.157 0.068 0.4 1.382 0.4 8V 0.8 22 A 27.0 23.Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 12.8 186 250 27.6 0.613 0.460 16 V 0.0 A 16.6 1.4 0.426 0.0 A 0.276 0.411 0.250 0.2 154 200 22.094 0.0 17.208 0.084 0.5 16 A 15.0 A 25.216 0.com .313 0.8 0.980 1.335 0.310 0.155 0.0 A 20.157 Measured values are without loom resistance.0 25.2 dwell time / ms 1.0 27.0 I primary / A 21.910 12 V 0.371 24 V 0.0 6V 8V 10V 12V 14V 16V 24V 13.208 27 V 0.122 0.0 A 22.491 0. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.695 0.139 0.0 11.2 200 275 30 25 A 34.7 1.136 0.8 20 A 22.606 U batt 14 V 0.0 15.180 30 V 0.0 0.175 0.077 0.4 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 35 Spark energy / mJ & Provided High Voltage / kV 30 mA mJ kV 400 350 300 250 Spark Current / mA Spark Duration / µs Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 25 20 µs 15 10 5 11 13 15 17 19 I primary / A 21 23 25 27 200 150 100 102 motorsport@bosch.0 Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary 12 A Spark energy [mJ] Spark duration [μs] Spark current [mA] High voltage [kV] 9 120 150 17.2 0.107 0.2 221 320 33. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 1.

Please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage. 100 cm on request on request Ubatt red ECU collector white Engine GND black Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug. Part Number Single Fire Coil S19 0 221 B00 113-01 09 Oct. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Please regard the specified limit values.com). Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.g.Injection & Ignition Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 optional ionic current signal screen wire white Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. 09 motorsport@bosch. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. e. Wire size Wire length AWG 20/22 max.com 103 .bosch-motorsport. IGBT IRG4BC40S.

The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer specification.com . Application Spark energy Primary current ≤ 28 mJ ≤ 25 A Mechanical Data Diameter Weight w/o cable Mounting 16 mm 50 g pluggable / pressed Operating temperature range @ outer core [1] 0 … 160 °C [2] 0 … 140 °C Storage temperature range Max. vibration ≤ 800 m/s2 -40 … 100 °C @ 5 … 2. It is designed to mount directly on the spark plug.113 ms inductive Yes [1] No [2] Yes optional 104 motorsport@bosch. The main benefits of this high performance coil are its robustness in hard racing applications and high energy efficiency.500 Hz Characteristic Measured with power stage [1] IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V) [2] IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400 V) Electrical Data Primary resistance Secondary resistance High voltage rise time Provided high voltage @ 1 MΩ || 10 pF Spark current Spark duration @ 1 kV || 1 MΩ Noise suppression Suppressor diode / EFU Integrated power stage Ionic current signal [1] 230 mΩ [2] incapable of measurement Incapable of measurement [1] ≤ 9 kV/μs [2] ≤ 8 kV/μs [1] ≤ 31 kV [2] ≤ 30 kV ≤ 460 mA ≤ 0. This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement [1] and/or an integrated ignition power stage [2].Single Fire Coil S16/S16-T This single fire coil was exclusively developed for the use in Formula 1 high performance engines.

0 A 0.0 I primary / A Characteristic Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage I primary 12 A Spark Energy [mJ] Spark Duration [μs] Spark Current [mA] High Voltage [kV] 6.206 0.8 20 A 17 92 365 25. Dwell Time = f (Ubatt) 0.194 Measured values are without loom resistance.0 28.118 0.307 0.09 0.9 25 A 26 110 460 31.169 0.172 0.786 10 V 0.234 0.0 30.078 0.548 16 V 0.2 0.0 A 15.369 0.14 0.148 0.115 0.0 22.127 0.0 26.105 0.062 0.291 0.0 32.0 A 25.0 A 30.335 0.129 0.4 U batt 14 V 0.469 0.158 0.4 0.177 0. Loom resistance must be less than the primary resistance.3 15 A 9. 09 motorsport@bosch.5 0.217 0.081 0.5 84 325 23.3 0.0 A 20.101 0.0 16.28 0.62 8V 0. The needed dwell time is to be verified through current measurement.39 18 V 0.0 6V 8V 10 V 12 V 14 V 16 V 18 V 20 V 24 V 12.7 dwell time / ms 0.401 0.509 12 V 0.258 24 V 0.529 1.Injection & Ignition Characteristic Dwell Time [ms] I primary 6V 12.1 59 210 16.8 0.209 0.2 30 A 36 130 550 35 Spark Energy & Provided High Voltage = f (I primary) 40 Spark energy / mJ & Provided High Voltage / kV mJ 35 30 kV mA 25 20 15 10 µs 5 10 15 20 I primary / A 25 30 35 750 700 650 600 550 500 450 400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 Spark Current / mA Spark Duration / µs Energy [@ 1kV||1MΩ] High Voltage [@ 10pF||1MΩ] Spark Current Spark Duration 09 Oct.com 105 .0 24.256 0.214 0.285 0.199 0.6 0.0 14.0 A 18.1 0 10.309 20 V 0.153 0.9 0.5 72 270 20 18 A 13.15 0.103 0.0 18.0 20.

bosch-motorsport. For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary. Please regard the specified limit values.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 on request on request Ubatt red [1] ECU collector white [2] ECU imp yellow [1] Engine GND black [2] ECU GND blue Application Hint During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil and spark plug.a. IGBT IRG4BC40S. Wire size Wire length AWG 20/22 max. Pin 4 [1] optional ionic current signal screen wire white [2] ECU GND black Pin 5 [1] n. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. For coils without “-T” please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage. [2] optional ionic current signal screen wire white Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.g. 106 motorsport@bosch. 100 cm Part Number Single Fire Coil S16 Single Fire Coil S16-T [1] 0 221 B00 111-01 [2] 0 221 B00 112-01 Please specify the required wire length with your order.com . e.com). For coils with “-T” please use only with engine control units without integrated power stages.

Spark plugs for this operating conditions often have precious metal center electrodes (platinum.Injection & Ignition Spark Plugs Spark Plugs The engines of competition vehicles are exposed to high thermal stress because of running them at full load most of the time. This causes a very small heat absorption and a good heat derivation through the center electrode. the design parts air-gap. You can choose between versions with one to four ground electrodes. Moreover we offer special versions and small batches which you should not hesitate asking for. the center electrode can be made from various materials.com 107 . surface-gap and surface-air-gap types. silver) and a short insulator base. thread lengths and electrode positions. You can get these standard spark plugs from your local Bosch-service and most spare parts dealers. 09 Oct. Corresponding to the various field of operations we manufacture over 1400 different types of spark plugs in production. The range of products includes versions with various seats and threads. 09 motorsport@bosch.

108 motorsport@bosch.com .

09 motorsport@bosch.com 109 .Starters & Alternators Starters & Alternators 09 Oct.

4 kW This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. temperature Vibration 150 °C high protection 110 motorsport@bosch. It is a pre-engaged drive starter.Starters Starter 1. we offer it in clockwise and counter-clockwise version.4 kW on request Conditions for Use Max. Mechanical Data Weight Revolutions Modul 3. Further special versions on request.4 kW Part Number Starter 1.200 g 3.com .600 x 1/min 2/11 Electrical Data Performance 1.

700 g 3. Further special versions on request.0 2/11 Electrical Data Performance 1.Starters & Alternators Starter 1. Mechanical Data Weight Revolutions Transmission ratio Modul 3.600 x 1/min i 5. we offer it in clockwise and counter-clockwise version. temperature Vibration 150 °C high protection 09 Oct.7 kW on request Conditions for Use Max.com 111 .7 kW Part Number Starter 1. It is a pre-engaged drive starter.7 kW This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. 09 motorsport@bosch.

temperature Vibration 150 °C high protection 112 motorsport@bosch.Starter 2.0 2/11 Electrical Data Performance 2. Further special versions on request.0 kW This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand.050 g 4. It is a pre-engaged drive starter. Mechanical Data Weight Revolutions Transmission ratio Modul 4.0 kW on request Conditions for Use Max.0 kW Part Number Starter 2. we offer it in clockwise and counter-clockwise version.700 x 1/min i 5.com .

Starters & Alternators Alternators Alternator GCM1 110/130/140 A/140 A Nascar This alternator is modified for motorsport demand and splash protected.000 x 1/min 108 mm 128 mm 154 mm Electrical Data Rated current Supply voltage Cut-in speed Coupling Battery B+ Control lamp D+ Internal D+ resistor 110/130/140 A 13. Mechanical Data Case material Weight Current regulator unit Max.g. the cooling air should be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator for optimal cooling. If these conditions are met. 09 motorsport@bosch. Care should be taken that no excessive external contaminants are introduced into the cooling air stream. This could severely short the alternator service life. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions are possible. rotations Diameter Length without shaft stub Distance between mounting points aluminium 3.com 113 . It will only be effective if the incoming air is 30 °Kelvin cooler than the ambient air.000 x 1/min screws M6 flat-pin connector. see drawing only GCM1 140 A Nascar Application Hint An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. used in Nascar. the rotor is extra fine balanced. The alternators are e.400 g integrated 18.5 V 3. If there is a vacuum effect present the use of external blower fan will be required. the restriction of the air flow will negate any cooling benefits. The stator windings are handmade. modifications are available on request. For the cooling air to be effective we must be sure that we do not encounter any vacuum effects. Conditions for Use Temperature range Vibration Installation without rubber mounting -30 … 90 °C high protection Part Numbers 110 A Anticlockwise rotation Clockwise rotation 130 A Anticlockwise rotation Clockwise rotation 140 A Anticlockwise rotation Clockwise rotation 140 A Nascar Clockwise rotation F 02U V00 004-05 F 01E B01 857-02 B 261 208 603-02 B 261 208 604-02 B 261 208 605-02 B 261 208 606-02 B 261 208 607-03 09 Oct. It would be prudent to perform comparative measurements on the alternator to determine the effectiveness of the external cooling air. Otherwise.

Characteristic 110 A Rpm 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 12000 15000 18000 IG (A) at 90 °C 0 13 37 54 65 I in A 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 1500 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 8500 9500 10500 11500 12500 13500 14500 15500 16500 17500 18500 IG Regulator MR4 and rectifier 78 88 96 102 105 108 113 117 120 speed n in 1/min Characteristic 130 A Rpm 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 12000 15000 18000 IG (A) at 90 °C 0 6 32 51 63 80 90 98 105 111 116 121 127 131 I [A] 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 1500 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 8500 9500 10500 11500 12500 13500 14500 15500 16500 17500 18500 IG Regulator MR4 and rectifier Speed n in 1/min 114 motorsport@bosch.com .

160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 2500 3500 4500 5500 6500 7500 8500 9500 10500 11500 12500 13500 14500 15500 16500 17500 18500 GCM1 14 V 140 A 2 Ohm MR4 regulator stator 5406-1 IG MD UG TU 49 83 101 113 122 129 135 144 151 156 speed n in 1/min Design 110/130/140 A 09 Oct.Starters & Alternators Characteristic 140 A /Nascar Rpm 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000 12000 15000 18000 IG (A) at 90 °C 0 0 1 25 A / Ug / MD / Tu. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 115 .

Design 140 A Nascar 116 motorsport@bosch.com .

09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors Sensors 09 Oct.com 117 .

Absolute Position Sensor Absolute Position Sensor APS-C This sensor is designed to measure the absolute angular position of a still standing or rotating shaft. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a contactless measuring principal.5 V) 10 … 17 V 70 mA 118 motorsport@bosch. vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. The device uses Hall sensor technology to detect the magnetic flux density distribution of a magnet which is mounted frontal on the shaft. The sensor can be calibrated and configured with hard.bosch-motorsport. Application Application Angle reference type Measuring principle Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Communication link Application tool 0 … 360 ° absolute Hall-effect -40 … 120 °C -40 … 120 °C CAN EM-C or RaceCon Mechanical Data Fixation Sealing Weight w/o wire Size w/o wire 3 x M5 O-ring 39 g see Dimensions Max. The absolute angle position value from the sensor is transmitted over CAN. a wide temperature range and a motorsport connector.and software tools.com .703152 ° CAN Baudrate CAN refresh rate Signal resolution Electrical Data Power supply US Current IS (6.com) Characteristic Signal output CAN 1 Mbaud 700 Hz 0.

3 mm). To meet the specifications and to avoid errors. it can be programmed by the external CAN module EM-C.com). Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. The unit is secure from miss-pinning. Before the first operation. 09 motorsport@bosch. Please connect the calibration pin to 12 V. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. available on request). Accessories Magnet for APS-C F02U 002 465-01 Part Number APS-C F 02U V00 086-01 09 Oct. quick start application.03 Tesla is needed (not included.Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length ASU 6-03-05PB-HE ASU 0-03-05SB-HE US GND CAN+ CANCalibration Pin DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm Application Hint The sensor is designed to measure the absolute angle of the camshaft e. To change the CAN-ID of the sensor. the sensor has to be calibrated. The angle position value can be set to zero via the external CAN module EM-C or by using the calibration pin.bosch-motorsport.com 119 . Please note that for a correct functionality of the sensor a magnet with a material remanence of 1. the distance between sensor and the magnet has to be less than 2 mm. To avoid measurement errors. the eccentricity between sensor and magnet has to be as small as possible (< 0. Please specify the required wire length with your order. The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 MBaud).g.

5V 6V 2. for analysis of acceleration and deceleration behaviour of race cars). the sensor features two/three measuring elements for acceleration.g.5 g 5000 m/s2 in operation -55 … 105 °C -40 … 85 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Size Mounting Tightening torque [1] 30 g [2] 50 g [1] 24 x 27 x 13. The sensing element consists of a micro machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing for high precision measurement applications. z ±4.5 mm [2] 24 x 27 x 29.8 mm 2 x M3 2 Nm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. y.Acceleration Sensors Accelerometer AM 600-2.com .5 = 0 g. y ±4. In order to achieve this. AM 600-3 This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects of lateral acceleration in two/three axes (e. vibration Storage temperature range Operating temperature range [1] x. Full scale output Supply current Supply current max. in two/three integrated circuits. Application Application Max. The main benefits of this high performance coil are its robustness in hard racing applications and high energy efficiency. 440 mV/g 7 mA 12 mA Characteristic Sensitivity Offset Tolerance of sensitivity Non-linearity of sensitivity 440 mV/g 2500 mV @ 0 g ±3 % ±2 % 120 motorsport@bosch.5 g [2] x.

Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd [1] Sigx [2] Sigy [1] Sigy [2] Sigx [1] Scr [2] Sigz Application Hint The AM 600 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.com 121 . 09 Oct. For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.bosch-motorsport.com). Sleeve Cable size Cable length DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm Part Numbers [1] AM 600-2 [2] AM 600-3 B 261 209 311-01 B 261 209 313-01 Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Various military and automotive connectors on request. 09 motorsport@bosch. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

941 2.673 4. Application Application Operating Temperature Range Max. load limit Max.5 2 1.5 3 2.5 1 0.820 0.255 0. cycles @ 300 N 0. Mechanical Data -450 … 450 N 0 … 80 °C Weight w/o cable Size Mounting Tightening Torque Mech. As soon as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the ECU.397 2.538 2.141 1.5 4 3.com . the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application. Vibration (stochastic peak level) 800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz Electrical Data Supply voltage Characteristic Signal Output Zero Output Force [N] 450 360 270 180 90 0 -90 -180 -270 -360 -450 Voltage [V] 4.672 1. A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier supply a force The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.5 0 -600 -400 -200 0 Force [N] 200 400 600 3.225 Sensor voltage [V] 5 4.402 122 motorsport@bosch.797 3.5 V 2.Gear Shift Sensors Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during shifting (up and down).5 … 4. Range programmable up to 12 V Fmax Mech. Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.5 V 90 g 65 x 16 x 16 mm 2 x M10x1 22 Nm 450 N 800 N 1800 N 300 000 cycles dependent output voltage signal.

09 motorsport@bosch.com). Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. 09 Oct. Part Number Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 B 261 209 227 Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.bosch-motorsport.com 123 . Sleeve Cable Size Cable Length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE US Gnd Sig Scr Application Hint The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Application Application Operating temperature range -1.8 V (20 … 70 °C) 2. The carbon fibre housing achieves excellent protection for the electronics and reduces the overall weight of the sensor.000 N Max.000 … +1. An electronic circuit a composed of a precise strain gauge and an integrated amplifier supplies force-dependent output signal. As soon as this signal exceeds a certain threshold.com . its precise temperature compensation and its combination of high quality production and robust design with a motorsport spec connector.2 … 4. its minimal weight. The sensor measures the relative force during gear shifting directly relaying data to the ECU in order to gain max power from rapid up or down shifting. the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.5 V ±100 mV 124 motorsport@bosch.000 N ± 3.000 N 0 … 80 °C Mechanical Data Weight Size Mounting Tightening torque Fmax 12 V Mech. The main features and benefits of this sensor are its small dimensions.Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M This sensor is specifically designed for the use with motorcycle applications. load limit 30 g 51 x 36 x 16 mm 2 x M6 22 Nm ± 1. vibration (stochastic peak level) 800 m/s2 @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz Electrical Data Power supply Characteristic Signal output Zero output 0.

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes. For mounting please use only the integrated thread.bosch-motorsport.Sensors Connectors Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 ASU 0-03-05PC-HE ASU 6-03-05SC-HE US Gnd Sig Scr Application Hint The GSS-M can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.com). Part Number Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M F 02U V00 354-01 09 Oct.com 125 . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. 09 motorsport@bosch.

Application Application Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max. vibration 1 … 20 kHz -40 … 130 °C 0 … 100 °C ≤ 800 m/s2 Mechanical Data Male thread (for cast) Male thread (for Al) Installation torque Weight w/o cable Protection M8x25 M8x30 20 ± 5 Nm 48 g IP 54 126 motorsport@bosch. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions. this motion results in a compressive force which is converted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.com . packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to the sensor. The compact small housing and precise determination of structure-related noise.Knock Sensors Knock Sensor KS-P This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. As a result. The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design. Due to the inertia of the seismic mass. the sensor moves in correlation to the engine block vibration.

bosch-motorsport. the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.Sensors Electrical Data Range of frequency Sensitivity @ 5 kHz Max. sensivity changing (life time) Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz (from 5 kHz value) Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz (linear increasing with freq) Main resonance frequency Impedance Temperature dependence of sensitivity Capacity field 1 … 20 kHz 26 ± 8 mV/g -17 % -10 … 20 % 20 … 50 % > 25 kHz > 1 MΩ -0. 09 motorsport@bosch. The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation. The sensor cable is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can occur. To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com 127 . Application Hint The KS-P sensor can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.com).06 mV/g °C 800 … 1400 pF Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Y 280 A62 566A D 261 205 337 Sig + Sig Scr Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Part Number Knock Sensor KS-P 0 261 231 120 09 Oct.

com .Knock Sensor KS-R This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. vibration 1 … 20 kHz -40 … 130 °C 0 … 100 °C ≤ 800 m/s2 Mechanical Data Male thread (for cast) Male thread (for Al) Installation torque Weight w/o cable Protection M8 x 25 M8 x 30 20 ± 5 Nm 82 g IP 54 128 motorsport@bosch. Connection to this sensor can be tailored to customer requirements through specified cable lengths and various connector options. the sensor moves in correlation to the engine block vibration. this motion results in a compressive force which is converted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. Due to the inertia of the seismic mass. compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions. The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design. As a result. Application Application Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max.

The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation. Sleeve Cable size Cable length L Elastomer AWG 24 50 cm Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com 129 . The sensor cable is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can occur. Application Hint The KS-R sensor can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECU featuring knock control.com). To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location.bosch-motorsport. the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.Sensors Electrical Data Range of frequency Sensitivity @ 5 kHz Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. sensivity changing (life time) Linearity between 5 … 15 kHz (from 5 kHz value) Linearity between 15 … 20 kHz (linear increasing with freq) Main resonance frequency Impedance Temperature dependence of sensitivity Capacity field 1 … 20 kHz 26 ± 8 mV/g -17 % -10 … 20 % 20 … 50 % > 25 kHz > 1 MΩ -0.06 mV/g °C 800 … 1400 pF Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 A 261 230 076 D 261 205 289 Sig + Sig Scr Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Part Number Knock Sensor KS-R 0 261 231 047 09 Oct.

050 1. Measurements are taken of the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas.495 Ip meas / Ua (AWS) 1.097 1.270 1.025 … 1.5 22 mm 50 … 60 Nm Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) 250 … 800 °C Exhaust gas temperature range (max. The main benefit of the LSM is the high resolution signal in the area around λ = 1. engines The sensor's exhaust-gas produces a steptype sensor voltage profile in the area around λ = 1.) Hexagon temperature Cable and protective sleeve temperature Connector temperature Storage temperature range Max.380 1.7 UA [mV] 60 50 40 30 20 15 13 Lambda [λ @ 400 °C] 1.260 1.70 ±0.035 1. The active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) is heated from inside by means of ceramic Wolfram heater so that the temperature of the sensor ceramic remains above the functional limit of 350 °C regardless of the exhaust-gas temperature.05 % Lambda [λ @ 650 °C] 1.com .055 1. Application Application Fuel 1.Lambda Sensors Lambda Sensor LSM 11 This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive (gasoline or Diesel).495 Electrical Data Power supply H+ nominal Heater power steady state 12 … 14 V 18 W 130 motorsport@bosch.160 1.090 1.5 λ Gasoline/Diesel Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Length Thread Wrench size Tightening torque 160 g 86 mm M18x1. vibration (stochastic peak level) 930 °C < 570 °C < 250 °C < 120 °C -40 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 Characteristic Signal output Accuracy @ λ = 1.380 1.030 1.150 1.

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector II Sleeve Cable size Cable length L 1 284 485 110-black 1 284 485 018 fiber glas / silicon coated AWG 24 250 cm Application Hint The LSM 11 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.com). The connectors must therefore be clean and dry. The exhaust system upstand and surrounding the sensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air. The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature. Part Number LSM 11 0 258 104 002 09 Oct. so that the influence of the outside air can be ruled out. The sensor is supplied with reference air via the connecting cables.com 131 . Protect the sensor against condensation water. Other cable lengths are on request. Observe the maximum permissible temperature. The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted. Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards). 09 motorsport@bosch. Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible. Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.

380 1.150 1.495 Ip meas / Ua (AWS) 1.055 1.025 … 1.270 1.Lambda Sensor LSM 11-PM This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive (gasoline or Diesel).380 1. The active sensor ceramic (ZrO2) is heated from inside by means of ceramic Wolfram heater so that the temperature of the sensor ceramic remains above the 350 °C function limit irrespective of the exhaustgas temperature.70 ±0.160 1.097 1.5 lambda Gasoline/Diesel Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Length Thread Wrench size Tightening torque 160 g 86 mm M18x1.495 Electrical Data Power supply H+ nominal Heater power steady state 160 V 18 W 132 motorsport@bosch.035 1. sensor around sensor's area step-type Measurements are taken of the residual oxygen content in the exhaust gas.090 1. Application Application Fuel 1.5 22 mm 50 … 60 Nm Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) 250 … 800 °C Exhaust gas temperature range (maximum) 930 °C Hexagon temperature Cable and protective sleeve temperature ≤ 250 °C Connector temperature Storage temperature range Max.260 1.com .050 1. vibration (stochastic peak level) ≤ 120 °C -40 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 ≤ 570 °C Characteristic Signal output Accuracy @ lambda = 1.05 Lambda [λ @ 650°C] 1. The high resolution signal in the area around λ = 1 in combination with a robust motorsport connector is the main benefit of the LSM 11-PM.7 UA [mV] 60 50 40 30 20 15 13 Lambda [λ @ 400 °C] 1. The catalytic effect surface produces profile in at a the the engines of the electrode exhaust-gas voltage λ = 1.030 1.

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet. which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature. The connectors must therefore be clean and dry. Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.com). The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture. Observe the maximum permissible temperature. so that the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.com 133 .Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN KPTC 120062-55 Uh+ UhSig+ SigFiber glas / Silicone coated AWG 24 30 … 100 cm Application Hint The LSM 11-PM can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs. Protect the sensor against condensation water. 09 motorsport@bosch. Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards). The use of contact spray anticorrosion agents or the like is not permitted. Part Number LSM 11-PM B 261 209 105-01 09 Oct. The exhaust system upstand and surrounding the sensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air. The sensor is supplied with reference air via the connecting cables.bosch-motorsport.

engines The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive (gasoline or Diesel). used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs. current load for nernst cell 10(DC)/250(AC) μA 134 motorsport@bosch.2 is a planar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.030 °C < 570 °C < 250 °C < 120 °C -40 … 100 °C 1000 m/s2 Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Length Thread Wrench size Tightening torque 120 g 84 mm M18x1.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as an universal sensor for λ = 1 measurement contains a as well as for other which Lambda ranges. vibration (stochastic peak level) Electrical Data Power supply H+ nominal Heater power steady state Heater control frequency Nominal resistance of nernst cell 9V 10 W > 2 Hz 80 Ω Max.5 22 mm 40 … 60 Nm Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) 930 °C Exhaust gas temperature range (max. defines the characteristic of the sensor.) Hexagon temperature Cable and protective sleeve temperature Connector temperature Storage temperature range Max.Lambda Sensor LSU 4. The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design combined with the high Bosch production quality standard. The LSU operates only in combination with a special LSU-IC. Its monotonic output signal in the range of λ = 0. Application Application Fuel 0.com . The connector module trimming resistor.65 λ … ∞ Gasoline/Diesel < 1.

The sensor is not to be painted.2 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.80 ±0. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.2 0 258 006 065 09 Oct. Protect the sensor against condensation water. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.05 Application Hint The LSU 4. 09 motorsport@bosch. The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet.01 1.70 ±0.8 Accuracy @ λ = 1.007 0. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.7 Ip meas / Ua (AWS) 1. As far as possible install the sensor vertically (cable upwards).016 ±0. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Y 928 K00 050 D 261 205 138 IP/APE UN/RE VM/IPN Uh-/HUh+/H IA/RT Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request. The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.bosch-motorsport. Part Number LSU 4.com).com 135 . Observe the maximum permissible temperature. Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible. which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature. nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment.Sensors Characteristic Signal output Accuracy @ λ = 1 Accuracy @ λ = 0. so that the influence of the outside air can be ruled out. The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture.

Application Application Fuel Bio fuel compatibility Exhaust gas pressure Exhaust gas temperature range (operating) Exhaust gas temperature range (max.5 22 mm 40 … 60 Nm Electrical Data < 1. Its monotonic output signal in the range of λ = 0.030 °C < 600 °C < 250 °C < 140 °C -40 … 100 °C < 1.5 W ≥ 100 Hz 300 Ω 250 μA 136 motorsport@bosch.5 V 10.9 This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive (gasoline or Diesel). The LSU operates only in combination with a special LSU-IC.000 m/s2 Power supply H+ nominal System supply voltage H+ (min) Heater power steady state Heater control frequency Nominal resistance of Nernst cell Max Current load for Nernst cell 7. vibration (stochastic peak level) 0. The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.Lambda Sensor LSU 4.65 λ … ∞ gasoline/Diesel E85 < 4 bar < 930 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Length Thread Wrench size Tightening torque 120 g 84 mm M18x1. used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and Lambda control units like LT4. engines The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.) Hexagon temperature Cable and protective sleeve temperature Connector temperature Storage temperature range Max. which defines the characteristic of the sensor.com . The connector module contains a trimming resistor.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as an universal sensor for λ = 1 measurement as well as for other λ ranges.8 V 7.

9 [1] 0 258 017 025 [2] B 261 209 358-02 09 Oct.762 3. Observe the maximum permissible temperature.000 2.206 2.250 0.605 3.150 2.010 1.015 0.822 0.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.958 3.950 0.016 ±0.487 2.385 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.01 1. The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet. nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment.132 1.990 1. Protect the sensor against condensation water.700 2.391 7. The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leakair.com 137 . As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).5 cm Characteristic Signal output Accuracy @ λ = 1.8 Accuracy @ λ = 1.846 2.289 3.388 1.250 UA [V] 0.307 1.100 1.007 0.106 -0.7 IP -1.763 1.429 1.Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L [1] 1 928 404 687 [2] AS 6-07-35PN [1] D 261 205 356-01 [2] AS 0-07-35SN IP / APE VM / IPN Uh.525 0./ HUh+ / H IA / RT UN / RE fiber glas / silicone coated AWG 24 32.405 -0.927 -0.434 3.506 10.850 0.05 Lambda [λ] 0.990 2.970 0.003 1. The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture.703 1.710 2.192 0.179 1. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.602 1.900 0. The sensor is not to be painted.652 -0. Please specify the required wire length with your order.814 1.413 5.671 0.com).097 0. Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.658 0. which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.243 -0.016 Accuracy @ λ = 0.800 -0.329 0. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.70 ±0. Application Hint The LSU 4.750 0.040 0 0.bosch-motorsport. so that the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.9 LSU 4.701 1. Part Number LSU 4.050 1.119 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.193 0.868 Ip meas / Ua (AWS) 1.80 ±0.938 1.500 1.183 -0.150 1.515 1.074 1.458 1.800 0.

Its monotonic output signal in the range of λ = 0. The connector housing sensor. contains The LSU a trimming operates resistor.5 V 10.Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4. only in which defines the characteristic of the combination with a special LSU-IC.) < 1.com .5 17 mm 60 Nm Exhaust Gas Temperature Range (max. The wide band lambda engines sensor Mini-LSU 4.030 °C Electrical Data Power Supply H+ Nominal System Supply Voltage H+ (min) Heater Power steady State Heater Control Frequency Nominal Resistance of Nernst Cell Max.000 m/s2 138 motorsport@bosch. Current Load for Nernst Cell 7.9 is a planar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Vibration (stochastic peak level) < 1. The main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.65 … ∞ lambda Gasoline/Diesel < 4 bar < 930 °C < 1.8 V 7.9 This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive (gasoline or Diesel).65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used as an universal sensor for λ = 1 measurement as well as for other Lambda ranges.5 W ≥ 100 Hz 300 Ohm 250 μA Cable and Protective Sleeve Temperature < 250 °C Max. used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.050 °C < 150 °C -40 … 100 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o Cable Length Thread Wrench Size Tightening Torque 28 g 60 mm M16x1. Application Application Fuel Exhaust Gas Pressure Exhaust Gas Temperature Range (operating) Hexagon Temperature Connector Temperature Storage Temperature Range 0.9 is its very compact design in combination with the high quality Bosch production quality standard.

01 1.80 ±0.434 3.050 1.70 ±0.703 1.846 2. The sensor is not to be painted.762 3.150 2. Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).990 1.602 1.458 1.010 1.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector Loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Sleeve Cable Size Cable Length L 1 928 404 682 09 4421 01 IP VM UHUH+ RT UN Fiber Glas / Silicone coated AWG22 30 … 100 cm Characteristic Signal Output Accuracy @ λ = 1 Accuracy @ λ = 0.658 0. The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet.950 0.391 7.652 -0.243 -0. Protect the sensor against condensation water.040 0.8 Accuracy @ λ = 1.9 B 258 490 103-20 09 Oct.007 0.250 UA [V] 0.388 1.701 1. Observe the maximum permissible temperature.132 1.206 2. Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.307 1.192 0.000 2.900 0.bosch-motorsport.868 Ip meas / Ua (AWS) 1.525 0.822 0. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.814 1.100 1.183 -0.938 1.671 0. so that the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.com 139 .329 0.074 1. The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.250 0.515 1.750 0.970 0.800 0.106 -0.605 3.710 2.193 0.289 3.7 IP -1.800 -0. The exhaust system upstand and surrounding the sensor must be sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and Lambda Control Units like LT4.927 -0.958 3.015 0.385 1.179 1.000 0.com). Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread. nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment.016 ±0.429 1.003 1.487 2.506 10.850 0.763 1.500 1.405 -0. 09 motorsport@bosch.119 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.150 1. Application Hint The Mini-LSU 4.700 2.413 5.097 0.05 Lambda 0.990 2. Part Number Mini-LSU 4.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Comes with a spring return shaft. Optional mounting modifications are available. current Application Hint The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. length Mounting Tightening torque 5V 1 kΩ 20 % 1% 1 mA 70 g 50 mm 2 x M3 2 Nm Electrical Data Power supply Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max. Each mounting orientation is possible. Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.com).Linear Potentiometers Linear Potentiometer LP 10 The LP 10 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the stabilizer movement. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPSE 6E8-33P-DN KPSE 0E8-33S-DN US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 10 B 261 209 535 140 motorsport@bosch.com .bosch-motorsport. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with a hard metal housing and low power consumption. Application Application Temperature range Storage temperature range 0 … 10 mm -20 … 85 °C -40 … 85 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.

09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors 09 Oct.com 141 .

Application Application Temperature range 0 … 25 mm -40 … 85 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.bosch-motorsport. Comes with a spring return shaft. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing and low power consumption. Each mounting orientation is possible.com). throttle position or suspension movement. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05SA-HE ASL 0-06-05PA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 200 cm Part Number LP 25 B 261 209 547 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.com .25 % Tightening torque Protection Max. Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Application Hint The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. shaft velocity 68 g 147 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP65 1 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. Optional mounting modifications are available. length Mounting 5V 22 V 1 kΩ 10 % 0. 142 motorsport@bosch.Linear Potentiometer LP 25 The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the gear position.

09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors 09 Oct.com 143 .

Application Application Temperature range 0 … 25 mm -30 … 100 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min. Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system runs failsafe.25 % Protection Max.com).bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Each mounting orientation is possible.Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e. 144 motorsport@bosch. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Application Hint The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. shaft velocity 60 g 95 mm Ø 3 mm IP66 < 10 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. in the gear position. low power consumption and infinite resolution.com .g. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing. electronic Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. throttle position or suspension movement and for use throttle control systems. length Mounting 5V 22 V 1 kΩ 10 % 0.

Please specify the requested cable length with your order. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 145 . 09 Oct.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L AS 6-07-35PN AS 0-07-35SN US 1 Gnd 1 Sig 1 US 2 Gnd 2 Sig 2 DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 25 twin B 261 209 858 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Each mounting orientation is possible.25 % 1 mA Application Hint The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control units and data logging systems. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max.5 m/sec Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPSE 6E8-33P-DN KPSE 0E8-33S-DN Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min. vibration 100 m/s2 0 … 50 mm -40 … 105 °C -55 … 125 °C @ 10 … 500 Hz Connectors and Cables Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 27 g 172 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP64 1. length Mounting Tightening torque Protection Max. Application Application Temperature range Storage temperature range Max. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com). Please specify the requested cable length with your order.bosch-motorsport.g. throttle position or suspension movement. Part Number LP 50 B 261 209 133-01 146 motorsport@bosch.Linear Potentiometer LP 50 The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed of to two measure point the relative gear position e. the position. current 5V 42 V 4.7 kΩ 20 % 0. shaft velocity Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request. The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.com . Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. low power consumption and infinite resolution. Ball joints at shaft end and case.

09 motorsport@bosch.com 147 .Sensors 09 Oct.

throttle position or suspension movement and for use throttle control systems. shaft velocity Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.g.com . in the gear position. length Mounting Protection Max.Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e. Application Application Temperature range 0 … 50 mm -30 … 100 °C Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 5V < 45 V 2 kΩ 10 % 0. It works base on the electronic linear where to tape the the potentiometer to the wiper principle is distance traveled between the moving end proportional resistance between them. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing. 148 motorsport@bosch. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. low power consumption and infinite resolution. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.25 % Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Sleeve Cable size 66 g 120 mm Ø 3 mm IP66 < 10 m/sec Cable length L AS 6-07-35PN AS 0-07-35SN Us 1 Gnd 1 Sig 1 Us 2 Gnd 2 Sig 2 DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.

Each mounting orientation is possible.Sensors Application Hint The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.com 149 .bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system runs failsafe.com). Part Number LP 50 twin B 261 209 859 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.

Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 75 B 261 209 856 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Ball joints at shaft end and case.5 % Application Hint The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. vibration 0 … 75 mm -30 … 100 °C 126 m/s2 @ 10 … 12 kHz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Characteristic Signal output 0. shaft velocity 78 g 223. Application Application Temperature range Max. length Mounting Tightening torque 5V 67 V 3 kΩ 10 % 0.Linear Potentiometer LP 75 The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the gear position. Each mounting orientation is possible.15 % Protection Max.com .bosch-motorsport. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with hard metal housing and low power consumption.5 … 99. throttle position or suspension movement. 150 motorsport@bosch.6 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP66 10 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.com).

09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors 09 Oct.com 151 .

15 % Protection Max.Linear Potentiometer LP 75F The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the gear position. The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight design together with its wider operating temperature range. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.5 % Application Hint The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.bosch-motorsport. length Mounting Tightening torque 5V 67 V 3 kΩ 10 % 0.com). Application Application Temperature range Max.com . 152 motorsport@bosch.6 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP66 10 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.5 … 99. The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34 KPSE 0E8-33S-DN Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 75F B 261 209 852 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. shaft velocity 78 g 223. throttle position or suspension movement. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Characteristic Signal output 0. vibration 126 m/s2 0 … 75 mm -30 … 100 °C @ 10 … 12 kHz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Each mounting orientation is possible.

com 153 .Sensors 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.

Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. length Mounting Tightening torque 5V 74 V 4 kΩ 10 % 0.com).15 % Protection Max.com . the gear position. low power consumption and infinite resolution. shaft velocity 85 g 284.6 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP66 10 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. Each mounting orientation is possible. throttle position or suspension movement. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.5 … 99. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Characteristic Signal output 0.g.Linear Potentiometer LP 100 The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e.5 % Application Hint The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control units and data logging systems.bosch-motorsport. 154 motorsport@bosch. Ball joints at shaft end and case. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing. Application Application Temperature range Max. vibration 126 m/s2 0 … 100 mm -30 … 100 °C @ 10 … 12kHz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.

com 155 . 09 Oct.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 100 B 261 209 857 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. 09 motorsport@bosch. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.

Please specify the requested cable length with your order.5 … 99.5 % Application Hint The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. Each mounting orientation is possible. The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight design together with its wider operating temperature range.6 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP65 10 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. length Mounting Tightening torque 5V 74 V 4 kΩ 10 % 0.bosch-motorsport.com). Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Characteristic Signal output 0.15 % Protection Max.com . Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34 KPSE 0E8-33S-DN Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Part Number LP 100F B 261 209 853 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. throttle position or suspension movement. shaft velocity 85 g 248. vibration 126 m/s2 0 … 100 mm -30 … 85 °C @ 10 … 12 kHz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.Linear Potentiometer LP 100F The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the gear position. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Application Application Temperature range Max. 156 motorsport@bosch. Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.

09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors 09 Oct.com 157 .

Application Application Temperature range 0 … 125 mm -40 … 85 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min. length Mounting 5V 110 V 5 kΩ 10 % 0. The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Application Hint The LP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.15 % Tightening torque Protection Max. low power consumption and infinite resolution. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. 158 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34 KPSE 120061-30 Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 90 cm Part Number LP 125 B 261 209 531 Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Each mounting orientation is possible.Linear Potentiometer LP 125 The LP 125 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the gear position. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing. throttle position or suspension movement.com . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Ball joints at shaft end and case. shaft velocity 108 g 252 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP64 1 m/sec Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.com).

com 159 . 09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors 09 Oct.

length Mounting Tightening torque Protection Max. Application Application Temperature range 0 … 150 mm -40 … 85 °C Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 5V 130 V 6 kΩ 10 % 0. Ball joints at shaft end and case. Part Number LP 150 B 261 209 534 160 motorsport@bosch.com).15 % Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L 118 g 282 mm 2 x M5 10 Nm IP65 1 m/sec ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 25 cm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing.Linear Potentiometer LP 150 The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two point e. Application Hint The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.com . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them. throttle position or suspension movement. Each mounting orientation is possible. low power consumption and infinite resolution. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.bosch-motorsport.g. the gear position. shaft velocity Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Min.

Sensors 09 Oct.com 161 . 09 motorsport@bosch.

1.4 mV Electrical Data Power Supply US Max.05 mm 17 g O-ring 7. Two different pressure ranges are available (0.3 … 4. range Media temp. The output of the sensor is an analog. Power Supply Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4..50 bar (a) absolute 5 bar -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C 280 m/s2 @ 200 Hz 125 m/s2 @ 440 Hz sine Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o wire Sealing M6 12.Pressure Sensors Air Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B This sensor is designed of gasoline to or measure Diesel absolute air pressure.15 bar (a) [2] 0. vibration [1] 0.848 mV/bar [1] -4.016 bar [2] ± 0.62 mm Characteristic Response time T10/90 Compensated range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) 1 ms 10 … 85 °C [1] ± 0.8 V 9 mA Sensitivity Offset 162 motorsport@bosch.8 mV [2] 30.040 mV/bar [2] 1.com .1 … 1.39 % [2] ± 1.5 bar).15 bar or 0.034 bar [1] ± 1.25 V 16 V 0. range Storage temp. 2. ratiometric signal.1 . An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronic systems for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation.59 x 2.2 … 2.. range Max.2 .. Application Application Pressure reference type Max. pressure Operating temp. especially the air box pressure engines.36 % [1] 4. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.75 … 5..

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. 09 motorsport@bosch. ROZ98.bosch-motorsport.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. The sensor can be connected directly to most control units. E22 and Diesel. Please specify the requested wire length with your order. Part Numbers PSA-B [1] PSA-B [2] Adapter for PSA-B B 261 209 702-01 B 261 209 710-01 B 261 209 725-01 09 Oct. Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease). Sleeve Wire size Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE GND SIG US - Application Hint The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95. 5 minutes @ I = 0. an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.com).com 163 . Avoid miss-pinning (max.3 A). To avoid noise.Sensors Tolerance [1] Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [1] Tolerance [2] Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. M15.com).bosch-motorsport.

com .164 motorsport@bosch.

Vibration 20 m/s2 [1] 0.3 … 4.000 Hz Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o Wire M6 6 mm 40 g Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) 10 ms 10 … 85 °C [1] ± 0.50 bar (a) absolute 5 bar -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C @ 10 … 1. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and a low price.2 … 2.05 bar (a) [2] 0.68 % [1] 5. especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines. Pressure Operating Temp. An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronics for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4.017 bar [2] ± 0. 09 motorsport@bosch. ratiometric signal.The output of the sensor is an analog.62 % [2] ± 1.75 … 5.532 mV/bar [1] -600 mV [2] 724 mV Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max. Air pressure is supplied to the sensor via a tube connector.000 mV/bar [2] 1.com 165 .042 bar [1] ± 1.Sensors Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure.8 V 9 mA Sensitivity Offset 09 Oct. Range Media Temp. Range Max. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max.2 … 1.25 V 16 V 0. Range Storage Temp.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.Tolerance [1] Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [1] Tolerance [2] Expansion of Tolerance f(T) [2] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. 5 minutes @ I = 0.com). E22 and Diesel.com . Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell. Avoid miss-pinning (max.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Bosch Jetronic D 261 205 289 US GND SIG - Application Hint The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95.bosch-motorsport. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. To avoid noise. ROZ98.com). Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended.bosch-motorsport. Part Numbers PSA-C [1] PSA-C [2] 0 261 230 037 0 281 002 389 166 motorsport@bosch. M15.3 A). The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Sensors 09 Oct.com 167 . 09 motorsport@bosch.

especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.75 … 5. small Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet to enable very tolerances. ratiometric signal.0 bar (a) absolute 5 bar -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C 280 m/s2 @ 200 Hz 125 m/s2 @ 440 Hz sine measurement Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o Wire Sealing M6 12. An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and electronics for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. Range Max.028 bar ± 1. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an individual calibration.Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2 This sensor is designed for precise measurements of absolute air pressure.62 mm Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity 1 ms 10 … 85 °C ± 0.05 mm 17 g O-ring 7. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Pressure Operating Temp. Vibration 0. Range Storage Temp.3 … 4.59 x 2.4 % Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4.1 … 2.8 V 9 mA 2236 mV/bar (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) 176 mV (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) Offset 168 motorsport@bosch. The output of the sensor is an analog.com .25 V 16 V 0. Range Media Temp.

3 A). Please specify the required wire length with your order.com). ROZ98. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.com). Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE GND SIG US - Application Hint The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95. Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease). Part Number PSB-2 B 261 209 337 09 Oct. an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (tau = 2 ms) is recommended. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. To avoid noise.bosch-motorsport. Avoid miss-pinning (max.Sensors Tolerance Expansion of Tolerance f(T) Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. an individual calibration data sheet is delivered with each sensor. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com 169 . M15. 5 minutes @ I = 0.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.bosch-motorsport. To optimise the accuracy of this sensor. E22 and Diesel. 09 motorsport@bosch.

8 V 9 mA Offset 170 motorsport@bosch.05 mm 20 g O-ring 7. Range Max. Range Media Temp. An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element.3 … 4. ratiometric signal.056 bar ± 1. Range Storage Temp. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an individual enable calibration. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.com .5 … 5.000 Hz Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o Cable Sealing M6 12.2 ms 0 … 80 °C ± 0. Vibration 0.4 % 1142 mV/bar (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) -71 mV (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. electronics for signal-amplification and temperaturecompensation. very small Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet to measurement tolerances.Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure. Pressure Operating Temp.5 … 4 bar (a) absolute 6 bar -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C -40 … 130 °C 20 m/s2 @ 10 … 1. Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4.5 V 16 V 0.62 mm Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity 0.59 x 2. especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range. The output of the sensor is an analog.

6 86 Tolerance [mbar] -40 2.com). Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).6 -86 4 -101 3.3 A).5 3 3.5 4 4. Avoid miss-pinning (max. Please specify the required wire length with your order. To optimize the accuracy of this sensor.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. ROZ98.5 -30 2 10 1 110 1 125 2 0 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 0.Sensors Tolerance 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 0 0.5 2 Factor 1.5 2 2. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.7 0. Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.com).5 -86 -101 3.5 0.com 171 .5 1 1. 5 minutes @ I = 0.5 Absolute pressure pabs [bar] Temperature T [°C] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.7 86 4 101 Expansion of Tolerance f(T) 3 2.bosch-motorsport. The sensor can be connected directly to most control units. E22 and Diesel.5 1010. M15.5 1 0. 09 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Part Number PSB-4 B 261 209 348 09 Oct. an individual calibration sheet is delivered with each sensor. Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE GND SIG US - Application Hint The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95.

Range Storage Temp.2 72 Tolerance [mbar] 0.8 V 9 mA Tolerance 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 -20 -40 -60 -80 -100 -120 0 Expansion of Tolerance f(T) 3 0.4 % 1. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max.5 3 Absolute pressure pabs [bar] 172 motorsport@bosch.2 -72 0.5 Temperature T [°C] 0. Range Media Temp.5 2 Factor 1. The output of the sensor is an analog.5 1 1. Pressure Operating Temp. Vibration 0.5 1 -40 2.com .518 mV/bar 96 mV Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.042 bar ± 1.5 -62 2.5 62 3 72 2.2 … 3 bar (a) absolute 5 bar -40 … 125 °C -40 … 125 °C -40 … 130 °C 0.5 V 16 V 0. Range Max. An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation.2 ms 10 … 85 °C ± 0.62 mm Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset 0.3 … 4.5 … 5.19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz 250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o Wire Sealing M6 12.5 3 -72 0 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 3. ratiometric signal.05 mm 17 g O-ring 7. especially the air box pressure engines.5 -62 0.5 2 2.59 x 2.Pressure Sensor Air PSP This sensor is designed of gasoline to or measure Diesel absolute air-pressure.5 62 2.5 -30 2 10 1 85 1 125 2 0.

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease). 5 minutes @ I = 0.com). The sensor can be connected directly to most control units. 09 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport. Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE GND SIG US - Application Hint The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Part Number PSP B 261 209 690 09 Oct.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. E22 and Diesel.com 173 .Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. To avoid noise. an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended. Avoid miss-pinning (max. M15. ROZ98.3 A).bosch-motorsport. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com).

Range Media Temp.Pressure Sensor Air PST This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure and air temperature.1 … 1. electronics for signal-amplification an analog.8 V 9 mA 174 motorsport@bosch.15 bar (a) -40 … 125 °C absolute 5 bar -40 … 125 °C -40 … 125 °C -40 … 130 °C 0. The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one housing. especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines. Vibration 0. An integrated circuit combines a piezoresistive sensor element.5 V 16 V 0. Pressure Operating Temp. Application Application 1 Application 2 Pressure Reference Type Max. for A NTC compensation. The output of the sensor is ratiometric is used resistance temperature measurements. Range Storage Temp. A further benefit of the PST is the high quality of the production part at a low price.19 mm @ 100 … 200 Hz 250 m/s2 @ 200 … 500 Hz sine Mechanical Data Mounting Fitting Weight w/o Wire Sealing M6 18 mm 30 g O-ring 13.3 … 4.62 mm Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max.com . Range Max.95 x 2. and temperaturesignal.5 … 5. Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4.

397 5.2 ms 10 … 85 °C ± 0.com 175 .896 3.000 40. v = 6 m/s Resistance [Ohm] 50.39 % 4.792 2.057 1.76 mV Tolerance Expansion of Tolerance f(T) 09 Oct.114 15.707 1.047 mV/bar -4.000 10.Sensors Characteristic Application 1 T [°C] -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 Resistance @ 20 °C Tolerance Response Time Շ 63 R [Ohm] 26.500 2.175 834 596 436 323 243 187 144 113 89 2.000 30.313 Characteristic Application 2 Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset 0.462 9.000 20.5 kOhm 5% 45 s @ air . 09 motorsport@bosch.000 0 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 Temperature [°C] 100 125 150 45.016 bar ± 1.

com). E22 and Diesel. The sensor can be connected directly to most control units. ROZ98.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. For the temperature measurement. Bosch Compact D 261 205 336 Gnd Temperature Sig US Pressure Sig - Application Hint The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95. M15.bosch-motorsport.com). To avoid noise. 5 minutes @ I = 0. Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.3 A).com . an ECU-input circuit with a RClowpass filter (Շ = 2 ms) is recommended. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Avoid miss-pinning (max. a 1 kOhm pullup at 5 V is recommended. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport. Part Number Absolute Pressure Sensor PST 0 261 230 022 176 motorsport@bosch.

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressure of non-corrosive, nonionic working gases e.g. dry air. The sensor has two pressure connections for differential pressure measurements. A typical application is the measurement of air speed by using a pitot tube. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector.
Application
Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Pressure Operating Temp. Range Media Temp. Range Storage Temp. Range Max. Vibration 200 m/s2, 0 … 0.1 bar (r) relative 1,4 bar -20 … 70 °C -20 … 70 °C -40 ... 85 °C 10 … 500 Hz

Mechanical Data
Mounting Fitting Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Size Pressure Port M3x2 4.5 mm 2 Nm 58 g 37(49) x 29(41) x 19 mm 5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90 0.1 ms 0 … 50 °C Compensated Range

Electrical Data
Power Supply US Max. Power Supply US max. Full Scale Output UA @ 5 V Current IS 4.8 ... 15 V 15 V 0.5 … 4.5 V 12 mA

Thermal Effects @ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C 0.1 % FS/°C Non-Linearity and Hysteresis Long Term Stability (1 Mio cyl. or 1 year) ± 0.2 % FS Sensitivity Offset 40,000 mV/bar 500 mV 0.1 % FS

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

177

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE US Gnd Sig -

Application Hint
Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air and dry gases. The DP-A can be connected directly to most control units. Any mounting orientation is possible. For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure P2 >= P1. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com). Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT B 261 209 700

Part Numbers
DP-A B 261 209 696

178

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C
This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressure of non-corrosive, nonionic working gases e.g. dry air. The sensor has two pressure connections for differential pressure measurements. A typical application is the measurement of air speed by using a pitot tube. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector.
Application
Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Pressure p_absmax Operating Temperature Range Media Temperature Range Storage Temperature Range Max. Vibration 200 m/s2, 0 … 0.1 bar (r) relative 1.4 bar -20 … 70 °C -20 … 70 °C -40 … 85 °C 10 … 500 Hz

Mechanical Data
Mounting Fitting Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Size Pressure Port 2 x M2.5 2.6 mm 2 Nm 24 g 35 x 25(40) x 18 mm 5 mm

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90 0.1 ms 0 … 50 °C 0.1 % FS/°C 0.1 % FS ± 0.2 % FS 40 mV/mbar 500 mV Compensated Range Thermal Effects @ 0 ... 50 °C rel to 25 °C Non-Linearity and Hysteresis Long Term Stability (1 Mio cyl or 1 year) Sensitivity Offset

Electrical Data
Power supply US Max Power Supply US max. Full Scale Output UA Current IS 4.8 … 15 V 15 V 0.5 … 4.5 V 12 mA

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

179

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm

Application Hint
Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air and dry gases. The DP-A can be connected directly to most control units. Any mounting orientation is possible. For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure P2 >= P1. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com). Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Accessories
Pitot static tube PT B 261 209 700

Part Number
DP-C B 261 209 701

180

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pitot Static Tube PT
The pitot tube PT is designed to measure the vehicle speed relative to the surrounding air. Its main application is the aerodynamic car setup. The pitot static tube consists basically of two concentric tubes. The ellipsoidal nose form has a single forward facing hole for sensing total pressure and a ring of side holes for sensing the static pressure. Measuring the difference of both pressures (see Bosch different pressure sensor), the velocity related to the air can be calculated.

Mechanical Data
Weight Height 50 g 150 mm

Part Number
Pitot Static Tube PT B 261 209 700-01

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

181

Application Hint
The standard formula for calculating the velocity from velocity pressure is:

V  1.291 * Pv
This is only valid for an air density of 1.2 kg/m³. For all other conditions, more complex equations have to be used. V = velocity [m/s] Pv = velocity pressure Pa [mbar] (Signal output of the differential pressure sensor) The expression

100,000 100,000  Ps

is a correction for the static pressure in the duct and can be ignored, if Ps is

less than 2,500 Pa. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Principle of Operation

P2

P1

182

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique. These are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility. together ports. steel pressure

complete

The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a production part at a low price. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
Application
Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Pressure Operating Temp. Range Media Temp. Range Storage Temp. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. Vibration 100 m/s2 0.5 … 11 bar (a) absolute 20 bar -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) -20 … 50 °C rms @ 10 … 2,000 Hz

Mechanical Data
Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max Full Scale Output UA [1] 10 … 90 % Us ratiometric [2] 0.5 … 4.5 V non-ratiometric Current IS 8 mA [1] 4.75 … 5.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V

Characteristic
Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset [1] 1.5 ms [2] 1.0 ms 0 … 90 °C ± 0.1 bar ±1% [1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 400 mV/bar [1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 100 mV

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

183

Part Numbers PSS-10 [1] PSS-10 [2] B 261 209 341-01 B 261 209 064 184 motorsport@bosch. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. The sensor has a protection for over voltage. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.com . EMC and ESD automotive standards. Each mounting orientation is possible. reverse polarity and short-circuit.bosch-motorsport.com).Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length Bosch Compact [1] D 261 205 339 [2] D 261 205 334 GND SIG US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.bosch-motorsport. The sensor meets all EMV.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.com).

together ports.com 185 . Diesel.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.65 x 1.0 ms 0 … 90 °C ± 0. which are hermetically stainless guaranteees compatibility. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. transmission oil. water.75 … 5. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges. Vibration 0 … 10 bar (r) relative 20 bar [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C -20 … 50 °C - Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation torque Weight w/o wire Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7. steel pressure complete The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a production part at a low price. The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique. 09 motorsport@bosch.000 Hz Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply Us max Full Scale Output UA Current IS [1] 4.5 ms [2] 1. gasoline.5 V non-ratiometric 8 mA Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset [1] 1.63 mm 100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Range Media Temp.g.1 bar ±1% [1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 400 mV/bar [1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 500 mV 09 Oct.5 … 4. engine oil. Range Storage Temp. Pressure Operating Temp. air).

bosch-motorsport.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L Bosch Compact [1] D 261 205 339 [2] D 261 205 334 Gnd Sig US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Each mounting orientation is possible. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. The sensor meets all EMV.com). Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Part Numbers PSS-10R [1] PSS-10R [2] F 01T A21 312 F 01T A21 307 186 motorsport@bosch.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. The sensor has a protection for over voltage.com .com).bosch-motorsport. EMC and ESD automotive standards. reverse polarity and short-circuit.

transmission oil or air).5 ms [2] 1.com 187 . steel pressure complete The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a production part at a low price. which are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility. The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e. Pressure Operating Temp.65 x 1. gasoline. Range Media Temp.000 Hz Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply Full Scale Output UA Current IS [1] 4. water. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.5 V non-ratiometric [1] 8 mA [2] 10 mA Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset [1] 1. engine oil.63 mm 100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2. Vibration 0 … 100 bar (r) relative 200 bar [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C -20 … 50 °C - Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o wire Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7. Diesel. Range Storage Temp.g. together ports.5 … 4. 09 motorsport@bosch.1 bar ±1% [1] 40 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 40 mV/bar [1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 500 mV 09 Oct.0 ms 0 … 90 °C ± 0.75 … 5.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. reverse polarity and short-circuit. The sensor has a protection for over voltage. Part Numbers PSS-100R [1] PSS-100R [2] B 261 209 347 F 01T A21 310 188 motorsport@bosch.com).com . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Each mounting orientation is possible.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. The sensor meets all EMV.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L Bosch Compact [1] D 261 205 339 [2] D 261 205 334 GND SIG US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport. Please specify the required wire length with your order. EMC and ESD automotive standards.bosch-motorsport.com).

com 189 . 30 V ± 30 V Offset [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0...75 … 5.5 ms [2] 1.5 … 4.25 V [2] 8 . Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. gasoline. 09 motorsport@bosch.63 mm Media Temp. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.g.000 Hz Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply Us max Full Scale Output UA [1] 4. steel pressure complete The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a production part at a low price. Pressure Operating Temp. Vibration 100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2. together ports.5 V non-ratiometric 8 mA Current IS 09 Oct. transmission oil or air). engine oil. which are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility. Range Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity [1] 1.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e. Range 0 … 250 bar (r) relative 500 bar [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C -20 … 50 °C - Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7. Diesel.1 bar ±1% [1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 16 mV/bar [1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 500 mV Storage Temp.65 x 1. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique.0 ms 0 … 90 °C ± 0. water.

The sensor meets all EMV.bosch-motorsport.bosch-motorsport. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.com .sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Part Number PSS-250R [1] PSS-250R [2] B 261 209 965-01 B 261 209 067-01 190 motorsport@bosch. EMC and ESD automotive standards. reverse polarity and short-circuit. Each mounting orientation is possible. Please specify the required wire length with your order. The sensor has a protection for over voltage.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L Bosch Compact [1] D 261 205 339 [2] D 261 205 334 GND SIG US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.com). Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.com).

g.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e. The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique.63 mm Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply Full Scale Output UA [1] 4.5 V non-ratiometric 8 mA Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset [1] 1.0 ms 0 … 90 °C 0.65 x 1. Pressure Operating Temp. engine oil. gasoline.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0.5 ms [2] 1.1 bar ±1% [1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 400 mV/bar [1] 100 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 100 mV Current IS 09 Oct. Range Storage Temp.5 … 4.75 … 5. Diesel. transmission oil or air. 09 motorsport@bosch. which are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility. Vibration 100 m/s2 0. Range Media Temp. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.000 Hz Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. together ports.5 … 11 bar (a) absolute 20 bar -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) -20 … 50 °C rms @ 10 … 2. steel pressure complete The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a production part at a low price.com 191 . water.

bosch-motorsport. reverse polarity and short-circuit. Each mounting orientation is possible.com . Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. The sensor meets all EMV. EMC and ESD automotive standards.com). Please specify the required wire length with your order. Part Numbers PSC-10 [1] PSC-10 [2] F 01T A21 304-01 B 261 209 079-01 192 motorsport@bosch. The sensor has a protection for over voltage. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.com).Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE [2] US GND SIG [1] US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

5 … 4.1 bar ±1% [1] 400 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 400 mV/bar [1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 500 mV [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0. Range Media Temp. gasoline. water.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e. Vibration 100 m/s2 0 … 10 bar (r) relative 20 bar [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 . steel pressure complete The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.63 mm Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max.com 193 .g. Range Storage Temp.65 x 1. engine oil. Diesel. 125 °C [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 . The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.75 … 5. which are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility.5 V non-ratiometric 8 mA Current IS 09 Oct. 125 °C -20 … 50 °C rms @ 10 … 2. Pressure Operating Temp.5 ms [2] 1. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. together ports.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V Characteristic Response Time T10/90 Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Offset [1] 1.. transmission oil or air). Full Scale Output UA [1] 4.0 ms 0 … 90 °C ± 0.. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max.000 Hz Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7...

sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE [2] US GND SIG [1] US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSC-10R can be connected directly to most control units. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Each mounting orientation is possible. EMC and ESD automotive standards.bosch-motorsport. Part Numbers PSC-10R [1] PSC-10R [2] F 01T A21 303 F 01T A21 305 194 motorsport@bosch.com).com . The sensor has a protection for over voltage. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. The sensor meets all EMV. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com). reverse polarity and short-circuit.

5 bar ±1% [1] 16 mV/bar @ US = 5 V [2] 16 mV/bar [1] 500 mV @ US = 5 V [2] 500 mV 100 m/s2 rms @ 10 … 2.1 bar [2] ± 2. together ports. engine oil.75 . The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive welded a measuring with This media bridges in thin layer technique.25 V [2] 8 … 30 V ± 30 V Offset Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing M10x1 17 mm 15 Nm 45 g O-ring 7.. Pressure Operating Temp. Range Storage Temp. water. Diesel.5 ms [2] 1.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.63 mm Characteristic Response Time T10/90 [1] 1. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. steel pressure complete The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.65 x 1. gasoline...5 … 4.0 ms 0 … 90 °C [1] ± 0. which are hermetically stainless guarantees compatibility. The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges. Range Media Temp..000 Hz Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US max Full Scale Output UA [1] 10 … 90 % US ratiometric [2] 0. Vibration 0 … 250 bar (r) relative 500 bar [1] -40 … 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C [1] -40 .g. transmission oil or air). Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. 125 °C (140 °C) [2] -40 … 125 °C -20 … 50 °C Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V [1] 4. 09 motorsport@bosch.5 V non-ratiometric 8 mA Current IS 09 Oct. 5.com 195 .

The sensor meets all EMV.bosch-motorsport. Please specify the required wire length with your order.bosch-motorsport.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. reverse polarity and short-circuit. Each mounting orientation is possible. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. EMC and ESD automotive standards.com).Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE [2] US GND SIG [1] US DR-25 AWG 24 13 … 95 cm Application Hint The PSC-250R can be connected directly to most control units. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. The sensor has a protection for over voltage. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com). Part Numbers PSC-250R [1] PSC-250R [2] F 01T A21 306 F 01T A21 311 196 motorsport@bosch.com .

The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges. transmission oil or air. Diesel. engine oil. Pressure Operating Temp.g.000 max @ 5 … 5.65 x 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.9 V Current IS 8 … 16 V ± 1. The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force collector. gasoline. hermetically. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good protection against vibrations.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e. Range Storage Temp.63 mm Electrical Data Power Supply US Full Scale Output UA 4. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing film The element of housing via is a thin intervening silicone oil. water...5 g O-ring 7. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. noncompressible welded An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.000 Hz (sine) m/s2 Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing M10x1 16 mm 10 Nm 24. Range Media Temp. 120 °C -20 … 50 °C E85/M100 1.5 % 25 mA 09 Oct. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max. Vibration [1] 0 … 12 bar (a) [2] 0 … 250 bar (a) absolute [1] 24 bar [2] 500 bar -20 … 120 °C -20 .com 197 .

EMC and ESD automotive standards. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Each mounting orientation is possible.Characteristic Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity/Offset 0 … 120 °C [1] ± 0. ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE US GND SIG SCR Viton AWG 24 15 … 100 cm Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L Part Numbers PSM [1] PSM [2] B 261 209 331 B 261 209 332 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. The sensor meets all EMV.com). 198 motorsport@bosch.12 bar [2] ± 2.50 bar ±1% (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) Application Hint The PSM can be connected directly to most control units. 100 % relative humidity is possible.com .bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.

Diesel. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.7 V ± 1. 09 motorsport@bosch. Pressure pabs max Operating Temp. Vibration [1] 0 … 12 bar (a) [2] 0 … 70 bar (a) absolute [1] 36 bar [2] 210 bar -55 … 140 °C -55 … 140 °C -20 … 50 °C E85/M100 15. noncompressible welded An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.000 Hz (sine) m/s2 a good protection against Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing M8x1 13 mm 6 Nm 20 g O-ring 6. Range Media Temp. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is vibrations. hermetically.Sensors Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e. Range Storage Temp.5 % 09 Oct. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing film The element of housing via is a thin intervening silicone oil.62 mm Electrical Data Power Supply US Full Scale Output UA 8 … 16 V 4. Application Application Pressure Reference Type Max.g. The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force collector. water. gasoline. engine oil.000 max @ 5 … 10. transmission oil or air.com 199 .07 x 1.

Characteristic Compensated Range Tolerance (FS) @ US = 5 V Tolerance (FS) Sensitivity/Offset 0 … 125 °C [1] ± 0. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. EMC and ESD automotive standards.com). The sensor meets all EMV.24 bar [2] ± 0. Each mounting orientation is possible.7 bar [1] ± 2 % [2] ± 1 % (an individual calibration sheet will be delivered) Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE US GND SIG SCR Viton AWG 24 15 … 100 cm Application Hint The PSM-S can be connected directly to most control units. Part Numbers PSM-S [1] PSM-S [2] F 01T A21 315 F 01T A21 316 200 motorsport@bosch. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. 100 % relative humidity is possible.bosch-motorsport.com . Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensors Ride Height Sensor Ride Height Sensor RHS This sensor is designed to measure the distance to the ground.. 09 motorsport@bosch. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.25 … 4. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes. infrared measuring The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a durable.com).bosch-motorsport. 140 mm. Application Application Operating temperature range 60 … 140 mm -10 … 60 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Size Housing 12 … 24 V 5 ms < 40 mA Protection class 105 g 75 x 33 x 18 mm plastic.75 V 500 μA (analog output) PNP (200 mA) 0. fibreglass IP 67 Electrical Data Power supply Response time Input current Characteristic Signal output Output current Alarm output Resolution Linearity Light source Max. 09 Oct. Sensor should only be mounted via the integrated mounting hole. The measurable range of the sensor is 60 . allowed ambient light Wave length 0.000 lux 660 nm Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various military and automotive connectors on request.5 … 1 mm 1 % FS IR < 10. To enable very precise measurement the sensor utilizes technology. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.. Further application hints can be found in the offer drawing (http://www. Sleeve Cable size Cable length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PD-HE ASL 0-06-05SD-HE USupply Gnd Sig - Application Hint The RHS can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. high quality production part design with a military spec connector.com 201 .

com .Part Number RHS B 261 209 674 202 motorsport@bosch.

allowable contact current 09 Oct. e. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage.g. the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured. very robust aluminium housing and motorsports spec connection. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. throttle angle. spring travel. 09 motorsport@bosch. The main benefit of these sensors is the combination of high accuracy.Sensors Rotary Potentiometers Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-/130-/350-M This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement.com 203 . The sensors are fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection. Application Application [1] 0 … 50° [2] 0 … 130° [3] 0 … 350° -55 … 125 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Protection class Mounting Housing 38 g IP66 2 x M4 aluminium alloy Operating temperature range Electrical Data Power supply US Maximal power supply Total resistance 5V 42 V [1] 3 kΩ [2] 4 kΩ [3] 8 kΩ 1 μA [1|3] 1 mA [2] 10 mA Characteristic Direction of rotation Redundancy anti-clockwise No Both rotation directions are available on request. The housing and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. Current IS Max. gearbox position or steering angle.

Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Each mounting orientation is possible.com .bosch-motorsport.com). Part Number RP 50-M [1] RP 130-M [2] RP 350-M [3] B 261 209 571 B 261 209 576 B 261 209 577 204 motorsport@bosch.com). The sensor has no internal mechanical stops. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. EMC and ESD automotive standards. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length [1|3] ASL 6-06-05PA-HE [2] KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN [1|3] ASL 0-06-05SA-HE [2] KPTA 1E6-4S-C-DN Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. The sensor meets all EMV.bosch-motorsport.

allowable contact current Characteristic Temp. Thus a voltage proportional to the angle can be measured.com 205 . Application Application Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max.g. 09 motorsport@bosch. The internals are made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. vibration 100 m/s2 0 … 55° -25 … 75 °C -25 … 105 °C @ 30 … 500 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Protection class Mounting Lifetime Housing 5V 5 kΩ 1 μA 10 mA 5x 59 g IP63 di 6 mm 106 rotations aluminium alloy Electrical Data Power supply US Total resistance Current Is Max.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer RP 55 This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement. e. coefficient Direction of rotation Redundancy 50 ppm/°K Anti-Clockwise No 09 Oct. The housing is made of shock resistant aluminium. spring travel. A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with voltage. The main benefit of this sensor is the special way of mounting with a quill shaft.

Please specify the requested cable length with your order.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Both rotation directions and other rotation angles are available on request.bosch-motorsport.com).com . The sensor meets all EMV.com). Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on request. Part Number RP 55 B 261 209 578 206 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport. EMC and ESD automotive standards. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. The sensor has no internal mechanical stops. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units. Each mounting orientation is possible.

g.bosch-motorsport. power supply Total resistance Current Is 5V 42 V 2 kΩ ±20 % 18 μA Characteristic Max. rotation speed Direction of rotation Redundancy 120 min-1 Anti-Clockwise No Both rotation directions are available on request. Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Bosch Compact D 261 205 334 Us Sig Gnd Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.com). Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request. The housing and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. EMC and ESD automotive standards. 09 Oct. vibration 700 0 … 86° 95° m/s2 -40 … 130 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Mounting Lifetime Housing 26 g 2 x M4 2 x 106 rotations synthetic material Electrical Data Power supply Us Max. throttle angle or spring travel. 09 motorsport@bosch. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.com 207 .bosch-motorsport. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage.com). the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured. Application Application Angle between internal mechanical stops Operating temperature range Max. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and extremely short dimensions. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Various cable options are available on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Each mounting orientation is possible. The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer RP 86 This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement.65x2 sealing. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. The sensor meets all EMV. e.

com .Part Number RP 86 0 280 122 016 208 motorsport@bosch.

e. spring travel. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer RP 100/130/308 This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement. coefficient Direction of rotation Redundancy 120 min-1 5 ppm/°K anti-clockwise No Both rotation directions are available on request 09 Oct. throttle angle. the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured. Application Application [1] 0 … 100° [2] 0 … 130° [3] 0 … 308° -40 … 150 °C 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2. vibration Electrical Data Power supply Us Maximal power supply Total resistance Current Is Max. allowable contact current 5V 42 V [1|2] 3 kΩ ±20 % [3] 5 kΩ ±20 % 1 μA 10 mA Characteristic Max. gearbox position or steering angle. rotation speed Temp. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high accuracy and motorsports spec connection.com 209 .000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Protection class Mounting Lifetime Housing 32 g IP65 2 x M4 50 x 106 rotations synthetic material Operating temperature range Max. 09 motorsport@bosch.g. The housing and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.com . Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE Us Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.com).com). Part Number RP 100 [1] RP 130 [2] RP 308 [3] B 261 209 127 01 B 261 209 128 B 261 209 570 210 motorsport@bosch. The sensor has no internal mechanical stops. The sensor meets all EMV.bosch-motorsport. Each mounting orientation is possible. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. EMC and ESD automotive standards. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.bosch-motorsport.

The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability redundant sensor design. 09 motorsport@bosch. Application Application Operating temperature range Max. The housing and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic.com 211 . The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection. rotation speed Temp. vibration 200 m/s2 0 … 100° -40 … 150 °C @ 5 … 2.000 Hz through the Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Protection class Mounting Lifetime 5V 42 V 3 kΩ ±20 % 1 μA 10 mA Housing 32 g IP65 2 x M4 50 x 106 rotations synthetic material Electrical Data Power supply US Maximal power supply Total resistance Current IS Max. the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured. position or throttle angle. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage. e.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin This sensor is designed to measure gearbox rotational movement.g. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. coefficient Direction of rotation Redundancy 120 min-1 5 ppm/°K anti-clockwise Yes Both rotation directions are available on request 09 Oct. allowable contact current Characteristic Max.

com).Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L AS 6-07-35PN AS 0-07-35SN US Gnd Sig US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.bosch-motorsport. Please specify the requested wire length with your order. The sensor meets all EMV. EMC and ESD automotive standards. The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.bosch-motorsport.com . Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Each mounting orientation is possible. Part Number RP 100 twin B 261 209 591 212 motorsport@bosch. Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.com).

Application Application Operating temperature range Storage temperature range Max. throttle angle or spring travel. e. motorsports spec connection and a very small and robust aluminium housing. 09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement. allowable contact current Characteristic Max. 09 Oct.000 Hz Electrical Data Power supply Us Maximal power supply Total resistance Current Is Max. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage.com 213 . rotation speed Temp. The housing and the bearings are made of high temperature resistant plastic. the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured. vibration 0 … 100° -40 … 150 °C 0 … 100 °C Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Protection class Mounting Lifetime Housing 5V 42 V 3 kΩ ±20 % 1 μA 10 mA 32 g IP65 2 x M4 50 x 106 rotations aluminium alloy 200 m/s2 @ 5 … 2.g. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of high accuracy. coefficient Direction of rotation Redundancy 120 min-1 5 ppm/°K anti-clockwise No Both rotation directions are available on request. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

Part Number Mini-RP 100-M B 261 209 587 214 motorsport@bosch. Each mounting orientation is possible.bosch-motorsport.Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. The sensor has no internal mechanical stops. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.com). EMC and ESD automotive standards.bosch-motorsport. The sensor meets all EMV.com .com). Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

spring travel. The internal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic material. A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive element which is supplied with to voltage. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection. 09 Oct. gearbox position or steering angle.g. throttle angle. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high accuracy and very though aluminium housing. allowable contact current Characteristic Max. rotation speed Temp.Sensors Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement. The housing is made of shock resistant aluminium. The mounting plate is protected with a metal cover to ensure a good fixation. e. vibration 200 m/s2 0 … 345° -40 … 150 °C @ 5 … 2.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Protection class Mounting Lifetime 5V 42 V 5 kΩ ±20 % 1 μA 10 mA Housing 32 g IP65 2 x M4 50 x 106 rotations aluminium alloy Electrical Data Power supply Us Maximal power supply Total resistance Current Is Max.com 215 . Application Application Operating temperature range Max. 09 motorsport@bosch. coefficient Direction of rotation Redundancy 120 min-1 5 ppm/°K anti-clockwise No Both rotation directions are available on request. the Thus angle voltage can be proportional measured.

com . Please specify the requested cable length with your order.com). Each mounting orientation is possible. EMC and ESD automotive standards. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 16 … 30 cm Application Hint The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Part Number RP 345-M F 01T A21 400 216 motorsport@bosch. The sensor meets all EMV.bosch-motorsport.bosch-motorsport.com). Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.

The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor.75 mm 60-2 Electrical Data Coil resistance Inductance max.5 mm 1. Additionally the installation depth can be changed according to the customer request. The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux.1 mm 4.Sensors Speed Sensors Inductive Speed Sensor IA This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.43 mm > 5 mm 4. crankshaft or wheelspeed).3 mm 3.3 mm Mechanical Data Magnetic pole Bore diameter Weight w/o wire Installation depth L2 round 12.5 mm 30 g 32. 1.8 ± 0. range (sensing head) -40 … 230 °C Storage temperature range Max. frequency Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp. high temperature resistance. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust.2 mm Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Depth of teeth h1 Depth of teeth h2 Number of teeth 160. 09 motorsport@bosch. Application Application Max.g. Output voltage max. vibration 800 0 … 100 °C m/s2 max. 80 h speed ≤ 15 kHz 0.200 Ω 400 mH 190 VP-P 09 Oct.com 217 .

04 0. Sleeve Wire Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 10 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05SN-HE ASL 0-06-05PN-HE Gnd Sig Scr Application Hint The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material. Ua = f (rpm) 1.02 0 100 200 300 400 500 10 kΩ / 0.2 1 Ua / Volt 0.08 0.com . Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.8 0.06 0.bosch-motorsport.2 0 0 0.4 0.com).5 mm 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Revolutions per minute used target wheel see Environment 218 motorsport@bosch. Part Number Inductive Speed Sensor IA B 261 209 519 Please specify the required wire length with your order.1 1. The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to customer request.4 0.6 0. the technical function has to be tested individually. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment).Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.5 mm 100 kΩ / 0.

Sensors 09 Oct.com 219 . 09 motorsport@bosch.

frequency Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp.3 mm Mechanical Data Magnetic pole Bore diameter Tightening torque Weight w/o wire Installation depth L2 round 18 mm 8 Nm 40 g 23. The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points. The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor. 80 h speed ≤ 15 kHz 0.43 mm > 5 mm 4. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust. Output voltage max.8 ± 0.1 mm 4. 860 Ω ± 10 % 370 mH ± 15 % 200 VP-P 220 motorsport@bosch. Application Application Max. crankshaft or wheelspeed).7 mm Environment Target wheel diameter D 160.5 mm 1.g. vibration -40 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 max.3 mm 3. compact design.Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.75 mm 60-2 Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Depth of teeth h1 Depth of teeth h2 Number of teeth Electrical Data Coil resistance Inductance max.com . range (sensing head) -40 … 130 °C Storage temperature range Max. It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connectors options. it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Part Number Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C 0 261 210 136 Ua = f (rpm.0 mm 100 kΩ / 1. the technical function has to be tested individually. Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.5 5 2.bosch-motorsport.5 Ua / Volt 150 0 100 200 300 400 500 100 10 kΩ / 0.Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 1 928 404 227 D 261 205 335 Sig+ SigScr Application Hint The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.com 221 .com). airgap) 250 15 12. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment).5 200 10 7.5 mm 100 kΩ / 0.5 mm 10 kΩ / 1.0 mm 50 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Revolutions per minute used target wheel see Environment 09 Oct. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. 09 motorsport@bosch.

com .222 motorsport@bosch.

09 motorsport@bosch. The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux.3 mm 3. high temperature resistance. frequency Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp. 80 h speed ≤ 15 kHz 0. 1.2 mm Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t 160. The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points.3 mm Mechanical Data Magnetic pole Bore diameter Tightening torque Weight w/o wire Installation depth L2 round 12. Output voltage max. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor.1 mm 4.com 223 . crankshaft or wheelspeed).75 mm 60-2 Electrical Data Coil resistance Inductance max.200 Ω 400 mH 190 V P-P Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Depth of teeth h1 Depth of teeth h2 Number of teeth 09 Oct. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust.43 mm > 5 mm 4. range (sensing head) -40 … 230 °C Storage temperature range Max. Application Application Max.5 mm 8 Nm 30 g 32. Additionally the installation depth can be changed according to the customer request.g. vibration 0 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 max.8 ± 0.5 mm 1.Sensors Inductive Speed Sensor IS This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.

5 mm 10 kΩ / 1. The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to customer request.bosch-motorsport. airgap) 90 80 70 60 Ua / Volt 50 40 30 20 10 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 8 6 4 2 0 100 200 300 400 500 10 kΩ / 0. the technical function has to be tested individually. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment).0 mm 100 kΩ / 1. Ua = f (rpm.5 mm 100 kΩ / 0. Please contact our technical consultancy for more information. Part Number Inductive Speed Sensor IS B 261 209 517 Please specify the required wire length with your order. Sleeve Wire Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 10 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05SN-HE ASL 0-06-05PN-HE SigSig+ Scr Application Hint The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com .Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.com).0 mm Revolutions per minute used target wheel see Environment 224 motorsport@bosch.

Sensors 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 225 .

36 mm 7. Output voltage max. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor. vibration -40 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 max. range (sensing head) -40 … 225 °C Storage temperature range Max. frequency Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp. 2. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and a robust.75 mm 60-2 Electrical Data Coil resistance Inductance max. Application Application Max.3 mm 3.43 mm > 5 mm 4. 390 Ω 75 mH 55 V P-P Depth of theeth h2 Number of teeth 226 motorsport@bosch.5 ± 0.com . 80 h speed ≤ 15 kHz 0.5 mm 1. It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connectors options and different installation depths. it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux.25 mm Mechanical Data Magnetic pole Bore diameter round. The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points.Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of revolutions and angles at engine and chassis applications.1 mm 4. compact design.4 mm Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Depth of theeth h1 160.

Sensors

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 KPTA 6E6-4SW-C-DN KPTA 1E6-4PW-C-DN Gnd Sig Scr

Application Hint
The inductive speed sensor IS-M is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material. f a wheel with different dimension has to be used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually. The installation depth can be changed individually according the customer request. Please contact our technical consultancy for more information. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request. Sleeve Wire Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 10 … 100 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors are available on request. Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M B 261 209 872

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
20 18 16 14 Ua / Volt 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Revolutions per minute
2 1,5 1 0,5 0 100

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm 100 kΩ / 0,5 mm 10 kΩ / 1,0 mm 100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

227

228

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed). The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points. The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part with very compact design, and high temperature resistance.
Application
Application Max. frequency Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp. range (sensing head) -40 … 230 °C Storage temperature range Max. vibration 0 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 max. 80 h speed ≤ 15 kHz 0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Bore diameter Tightening torque Weight w/o wire Installation depth L2 round 12.9 mm 8 Nm 25 g 24.1 mm

Environment
Target wheel diameter D 160.43 mm > 5 mm 4.1 mm 4.3 mm 3.5 mm 1.75 mm 60-2 Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Depth of teeth h1 Depth of teeth h2 Number of teeth

Electrical Data
Coil resistance Inductance max. 340 Ω 64 mH

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

229

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Sleeve Wire Wire length DR-25 AWG 24 max. 50 cm ASL 6-06-05SN-HE ASL 0-06-05PN-HE GND Sig Scr

Application Hint
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually. This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread. Please contact our technical consultancy for more information. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C B 261 209 609

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Ua = f (rpm, airgap)
25
2,5 2

20

1,5 1 0,5 0 100 200 300 400 500

Ua / Volt

15

10

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm 100 kΩ / 0,5 mm 10 kΩ / 1,0 mm 100 kΩ / 1,0 mm

5

0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Revolutions per minute used target wheel see Environment

230

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

231

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed of a turbo charger. The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with two connections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is directly proportional to the periodic variation in the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on a periodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition points. The main benefit of this sensor is

robustness, a very compact design and high temperature resistance.
Application
Application Target wheel air gap AG Operating temp. range (sensing head) -40 … 230 °C Storage temperature range Max. vibration 0 … 100 °C 800 m/s2 max. 80 h speed 0.5 mm

Electrical Data
Coil resistance Inductance max. 30  2.6 mH

Connectors and Wires
Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request. Sleeve Wire Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 10 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05SN-HE ASL 0-06-05PN-HE Gnd Sig Scr

Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole Bore diameter Tightening torque Weight w/o wire Installation depth L2 round 6.3 mm 1.4 Nm 14 g 20 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

232

motorsport@bosch.com

Sensors

Application Hint
This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo charger. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually. Please contact our technical consultancy for more information. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Part Number
Speed Sensor IS-T B 261 209 662

Ua = f (rpm)
1,4
0,1

1,2 1 Ua / Volt 0,8 0,6 0,4 0,2 0 0

0,08 0,06 0,04 0,02 0 100

200

300

400

500

10 kΩ / 0,5 mm 100 kΩ / 0,5 mm

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

8000

9000

Revolutions per minute used target wheel see Environment

09 Oct. 09

motorsport@bosch.com

233

We offer this sensor with two different types of output: Active .200 m/s2 speed ≤ 10 kHz 0.40 … 160 °C [1] Active low [2|3] Active high < 1 mT @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz Electrical Data Power supply Current IS 5 … 18 V 5 … 18 mA Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1A Pin 2B Pin 3C Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.8 mm 30 mm 6 Nm Please specify the required wire length with your order. Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-M. vibration 1. Application Application Max. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors. camshaft. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal. frequency Target wheel air gap Temperature range Output type External magnetic fields Max.com . Characteristic Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth < 4 % (≤ 6 kHz) < 8 % (≤ 10 kHz) Signal output 0.low.5 mm . crankshaft or wheelspeed).52 V … < US 234 motorsport@bosch.5 … 1.Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e. the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.g.high and Active . Sleeve Wire size Wire length DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm [1|2] ASU 6-03-03PN-HE [1|2] ASU 0-03-03SN-HE US Gnd Sig Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Mounting Bore diameter Installation depth L2 Tightening torque 12 g 1 x M6 11.

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. gap b3 Depth of teeth h Number of teeth 162.bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment).79 mm 3. Part Numbers Speed sensor HA-M Speed sensor HA-M Speed sensor HA-M [1] B 261 209 283-01 [2] B 261 209 295-01 [3] F 02U V00 627-01 09 Oct.com 235 . Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.com). 09 motorsport@bosch.8 mm 4. the technical function has to be tested individually.34 mm 12. For mounting please use only the integrated plug.Sensors Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Width of sync.4 mm 60-2 Application Hint The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.5 mm 3.7 mm 20.

Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-P. frequency Target wheel air gap Temperature range Max.000 m/s2 @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz Electrical Data Power supply Current IS 4. vibration speed ≤ 10 kHz 0. A hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.5 … 24 V 10 mA Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1A Pin 2B Pin 3C Pin 4D Pin 5E 1 928 404 227 D 261 205 335 Gnd Sig US - Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Mounting Bore diameter Installation depth L2 Tightening torque 70 g with screw 1 x M6 18 mm 24 mm 8 Nm Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Width of sync. gap b3 Depth of teeth h Number of teeth 162.4 V … < US 236 motorsport@bosch.g.79 mm 3.Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.5 mm 3.com . crankshaft or wheelspeed).34 mm 12.7 mm 20.5 … 1. Application Application Max.4 mm 60-2 Characteristic Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth < 1. camshaft.5 % (≤ 6 kHz) < 2 % (≤ 10 kHz) Signal output 0.8 mm 4. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing. the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.4 mm -40 … 150 °C 1.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.Sensors Application Hint The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. For mounting please use only the integrated plug.com 237 . 09 motorsport@bosch.com). Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. Part Numbers Speed sensor HA-P 0 232 103 037 09 Oct. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment). the technical function has to be tested individually.bosch-motorsport. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Application Application Max.3 mT @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz Pin 2 Mating connector Pin 1 Connectors and Wires Connector [1] ASL 6-06-05PC-HE [2] 1 928 404 227 [1] ASL 0-06-05SC-HE [2] D 261 205 335 [1] US [2] Gnd [3] US red [1] Gnd [2] Sig [3] Sig green [1] Sig [2] US [3] Gnd black [1] [1] - Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Mounting Bore diameter Installation depth L2 Tightening torque 19.2 g with screw 1 x M6 11.4 V … < US Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request. with A Hall-effect integrated sensor signal element conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.5 mm 9 mm 8 Nm Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 3 Characteristic Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth < 3 % (≤ 6 kHz) < 5 % (≤ 10 kHz) Signal output 0.2 … 1.com . Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the Mini-HA-P. the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. camshaft. crankshaft or wheelspeed). Sleeve Wire size Wire length L HT cable ø 5.g. frequency Target wheel air gap Temperature range Output type External magnetic fields Max. vibration 1.2 mm AWG 20 < 27 cm Electrical Data Power supply Current Is 5 … 18 V 10 mA Please specify the required wire length with your order. 238 motorsport@bosch.5 mm -40 … 150 °C Active low ≤ 0.200 m/s2 speed ≤ 10 kHz 0.Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.

8 mm 4. Required Connection Part Number Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [1] Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [2] Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P [3] F 02U V00 564-01 F 02U V00 566-01 F 02U 002 565-01 09 Oct.5 mm 3.34 mm 12. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.79 mm 3.bosch-motorsport.Sensors Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Width of sync.com 239 . Please avoid abrupt temperature changes. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. gap b3 Depth of teeth h Number of teeth 162.7 mm 20. If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment).4 mm 60-2 Application Hint The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. For mounting please use only the integrated lug. the technical function has to be tested individually. 09 motorsport@bosch.com).

com .240 motorsport@bosch.

Please specify the required wire length with your order. Application Application Max. Electrical Data Power supply Current Is 5 … 18 V 10 mA 09 Oct. vibration 1.2 … 1. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.g.200 m/s2 speed ≤ 10 kHz 0. frequency Target wheel air gap Temperature range Output type External magnetic fields Max. camshaft.3 mT @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz Pin 2 Mating connector Pin 1 Connectors and Wires Connector [1] ASL 6-06-05PC-HE [2] 1 928 404 227 [1] ASL 0-06-05SC-HE [2] D 261 205 335 [1] US [2] Gnd [3] US red [1] Gnd [2] Sig [3] Sig green [1] Sig [2] US [3] Gnd black [1] [1] HT wire ø 5. 09 motorsport@bosch. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.com 241 .Sensors Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e. the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.4 V … < US Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the Mini-HA-P sealed.2 g with screw 1 x M6 16 mm 12 mm 8 Nm Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length L Pin 3 Characteristic Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth < 3 % (≤ 6 kHz) < 5 % (≤ 10 kHz) Signal output 0.2 mm AWG 20 < 27 cm Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Mounting Bore diameter Installation depth L2 Tightening torque 19. crankshaft or wheelspeed).5 mm -40 … 150 °C Active low ≤ 0.

34 mm 12. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. the technical function has to be tested individually.5 mm 3. Required Connection Part Number Mini-HA-P sealed [1] Mini-HA-P sealed [2] Mini-HA-P sealed [3] F 02U V00 500-01 F 02U V00 569-01 F 02U 002 570-01 242 motorsport@bosch.Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Width of sync.com).com . If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment). Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.4 mm 60-2 Application Hint The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.7 mm 20. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.79 mm 3. For mounting please use only the integrated lug. gap b3 Depth of teeth h Number of teeth 162.bosch-motorsport.8 mm 4.

09 motorsport@bosch.com 243 .Sensors 09 Oct.

due to This a differential is a measuring method.52 V… < US Environment Target wheel diameter D Thickness t Width of teeth b1 Width of gap b2 Width of sync.7 mm 20.Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e. Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-D.4 mm 60-2 Please specify the required wire length with your order.8 mm 4.5 % (≤ 10 kHz) Signal output 0.8 mm 30 mm 6 Nm Electrical Data Power supply Current IS 5 … 18 V 20 mA Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.4 … 1. crankshaft or wheelspeed).34 mm 12.79 mm 3. sensor combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a small housing. 244 motorsport@bosch.g.0 mm -40 … 150 °C Active high ≤ 50 mT @ 10 Hz … 2 kHz Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Mounting Bore diameter Installation depth L2 Tightening torque 12 g with screw 1 x M6 11. Application Application Max.0 % (≤ 6 kHz) < 1.com .200 m/s2 speed ≤ 10 kHz 0. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very good detection of the falling edge. Sleeve Wire size Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm ASL 6-06-05PC-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE Us Gnd Sig - Characteristic Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth < 1. camshaft.5 mm 3. frequency Target wheel air gap AG Temperature range Output type External magnetic fields Max. vibration 1. the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. gap b3 Depth of teeth h Number of teeth 162.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. the technical function has to be tested individually. For mounting please use only the integrated lug.com 245 . 09 motorsport@bosch.com). If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment). Part Number Speed Sensor HA-D 90 F 02U V00 334-01 09 Oct. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.bosch-motorsport.Sensors Application Hint The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.

the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste. This means.3 °C ± 1. Application Application Storage temperature range Bio fuel compatibility -55 … 300 °C 0 … 100 °C - and its very short Mechanical Data Male thread Wrench size Installation torque Weight w/o wire NTC 10 kΩ Sealing M5x1 8 mm 8 Nm 6g O-Ring 4 x 1 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal resistance Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond.3 °C 1% <4s 246 motorsport@bosch.) Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C Response time Շ 63 ± 0. water.Temperature Sensors Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to 300 °C of oil.com . This signal is used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.) Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond. To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature. The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases. fuel or air. The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design response time.

000 100.4 167.967 2.103 2.94 1.087 27.000 100 10 -60 -30 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 Temperature [°C] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.284 5.6 578.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. 09 motorsport@bosch.8 244. Application Hint The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) Any mounting orientation is possible.774 4.000 8.1 368.000 1.08 48.6 118.com 247 .76 37.86 29.136 10. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.234 946.bosch-motorsport.910 158.936 18.187 12.5 86.com).Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -55 -35 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 R [Ω] 519.629 1.668 44.090 71.182 1. Wire size Wire length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE SigSig+ - Please specify the required wire length with your order.000. Part Number Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS F 02U V00 510-01 09 Oct.08 64.com).bosch-motorsport.000 Resistance [Ohm] 10. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.

47 x 1.5 g O-Ring 4.com . the element is molded into a high performance heat paste. Application Application Storage Temperature Range Bio fuel compatibiliy Max. that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases. water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.g. oil. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust and compact design. The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. To improve the response time.1 °C ± 4. The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire. -55 … 125 °C 0 … 100 °C 5 … 500 Hz Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Cable Sealing NTC 200 mW 15 kOhm M6x1 10 mm 3 Nm 8. Vibration 800 m/s2. Power @ 25 °C Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Relative Resistance Tolerance @ 25 °C Response Time Շ 63 ± 1.78 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Max.Temperature Sensor NTC M6 This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.4 °C ±5% <9s in still water 248 motorsport@bosch. This means.

000 100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 Temperature [°C] 100 125 150 1.com).300 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.000.com).317 49. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. 09 motorsport@bosch.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.804 1.012 7.bosch-motorsport.959 18. Please specify the requested wire length with your order.000 1.000 12.000 100.000 1.651 2. Any mounting orientation is possible.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -55 -35 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 R [Ω] 366.254 29. Part Number Temperature Sensor NTC M6 B 261 209 386-01 09 Oct.545 1.493.880 83.com 249 .720 145.000 10. Wire Size Wire Length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE SigSig+ - Application Hint The NTC M6 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).bosch-motorsport.356 3.894 5.301 945 704 528 460 Resistance [Ohm] 10. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.000.732 15.

Application Application Storage temperature range Bio fuel compatibility Max. that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases. This means. the element is molded into a high performance heat paste.5 °C 8% <7s in still water 250 motorsport@bosch. power at 25 °C Nominal resistance @ 25 °C Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C Response time Շ 63 ± 1.84 °C ± 1. oil. The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient.5 g O-Ring 4. -25 … 300 °C 0 … 100 °C 5 … 500 Hz Mechanical Data Male thread Wrench size Installation torque Weight w/o wire Sealing NTC 200 mW 49. To improve the response time. It is of both high quality to production part and a robust. compact especially designed measure high temperatures (up to 300 °C).g.Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system. water or fuel.47 mm x 1. vibration 800 m/s2. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination design.78 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Max.12 kΩ M6x1 10 mm 3 Nm 8. The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire.com .

000.120 26. Any mounting orientation is possible.000 10.322 49.140 6.000. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Part Number NTC M6-H B 261 209 989-01 09 Oct.132 710 463 312 217 155 113 85 64 Resistance [Ohm] 10.040 162.com).210 98. Please specify the required wire length with your order.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -25 -15 0 10 25 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 R [Ω] 365. 09 motorsport@bosch.119 3.000 100 10 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 657.000 1.065 12. Wire size Wire length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE SigSig+ - Application Hint The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).300 1.com 251 .000 1.com).sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.bosch-motorsport.000 100.885 1.350 Temperature [°C] Connectors and Wire Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

) Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C Response time Շ 63 ± 0.Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to 300 °C of oil. fuel or air.78 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal resistance @ 25 °C Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond.com . that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases. the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste. This signal is used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.3 °C 1% <4s Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond.) ± 1.3 °C in still water 252 motorsport@bosch. water.5 g O-Ring 4. To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature. The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. Application Application Storage temperature range Bio fuel compatibility -55 … 300 °C 0 … 100 °C - Mechanical Data Male thread Wrench size Installation torque Weight w/o wire NTC 10 kΩ Sealing M6x1 10 mm 8 Nm 6.47 mm x 1. This means. The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

08 74.6 140.75 48.com).4 201. 09 motorsport@bosch.000 100 10 -60 -30 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 Temperature [°C] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.136 10.090 71.76 42.103 2.000 Resistance [Ohm] 10. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.910 158.bosch-motorsport.8 298.6 735. Application Hint The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).234 946. Wire size Wire length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE SigSig+ - Please specify the required wire length with your order.4 118.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Any mounting orientation is possible.629 1. Part Number Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS F 02U V00 486-01 09 Oct.774 4.com).5 578.936 18.000.59 29.87 37.9 244.000 8.5 100.000 1.4 368.087 27.08 55.284 5.com 253 .05 64.000 100.182 1. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.94 1.86 33.6 167.bosch-motorsport.668 44.187 12.1 459.7 86.967 2.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -55 -35 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 R [Ω] 519.

The sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk which is connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire. Vibration -55 … 125 °C 0 … 100 °C 800 m/s2. The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient.1 °C ± 4. Power at 25 °C Nominal Resistance @ 25 °C Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Relative Resistance Tolerance Response Time Շ 63 ± 1. that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases. Application Application Storage Temp.Temperature Sensor NTC M8 This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e. 5 … 500 Hz Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing NTC 200 mW 15 kΩ M8x1 12 mm 3 Nm 10 g O-Ring 6.4 °C ±5% < 11 s in still water 254 motorsport@bosch. To improve the response time. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust and compact design.com . This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system. the element is molded into a high performance heat paste. water or fuel.g. This means.35 x 1. oil. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.78 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Max.

301 945 704 528 460 Resistance [Ohm] 1.com).bosch-motorsport.000.720 145.894 5. 09 motorsport@bosch. Wire size Wire length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SC-HE SigSig+ - Please specify the required wire length with your order.com).com 255 . Application Hint The NTC M8 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).545 1.254 29.000 12.493.000 10.000.000 Characteristic Application T [°C] -55 -35 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 125 R [Ω] 1.bosch-motorsport. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.317 49.880 83.Sensors 10.959 18.732 15.000 100 -75 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 Temperature [°C] 100 125 150 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.012 7.000 1. Part Number NTC M8 B 261 209 384-01 09 Oct.651 2.300 366. Any mounting orientation is possible.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.000 100.804 1. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.356 3.

) ± 1. The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature.3 °C 1% <4s Accuracy @ 100 °C (homogeneous cond. This means. water. Application Application Storage temperature range Bio fuel compatibility -55 … 300 °C 0 … 100 °C - Mechanical Data Male thread Wrench size Installation torque Weight w/o wire NTC 10 kΩ Sealing M8x1 12 mm 8 Nm 8g O-Ring 6.Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to 300 °C of oil. the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.com .78 mm Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal resistance Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C (homogeneous cond. that with increasing rises temperature and the the conductivity resistance decreases.35 x 1. fuel or air.3 °C 256 motorsport@bosch. The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design and its very short response time.) Relative resistance tolerance @ 25 °C Response time Շ 63 ± 0. This signal is used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.

967 2. Wire size Wire length L AWG 24 15 … 50 cm ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE SigSig+ - Please specify the required wire length with your order.6 735.bosch-motorsport.629 1.75 48.6 167.774 4.000 8.08 55.187 12.6 140.182 1.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -55 -35 -20 -10 0 10 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 R [Ω] 519.bosch-motorsport.87 37. Application Hint The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) Any mounting orientation is possible.136 10.1 459.000 1.05 64.000 100.com).4 118.910 158. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.4 201.59 29.08 74.5 578.000.7 86.234 946.8 298.090 71.936 18.284 5.76 42.000 100 10 -60 -30 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 Temperature [°C] Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.94 1.9 244.000 Resistance [Ohm] 10.668 44.com 257 . 09 motorsport@bosch.4 368.86 33. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.103 2.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.com).087 27.5 100. Part Number Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS F 02U V00 509-01 09 Oct.

g.4 °C ± 3.4 °C in still water < 15 s 258 motorsport@bosch. The sensing element of semiconducting heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust compact design.5 kΩ ± 5 % M12x1. that with the increasing temperature temperature sensor is made the of are conductivity rises. This means.5 19 mm 25 Nm 29 g not included Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal Resistance @ 20 °C Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Response Time Շ 63 ± 1. which equipped with a protective housing. oil.Temperature Sensor NTC M12 This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.com . Vibration -40 … 130 °C 0 … 100 °C E85/M22 600 m/s2 Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing NTC 2. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system. Application Application Storage Temp. The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. water or fuel. Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.

792 2. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport.com). 09 motorsport@bosch.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.896 3.000 1.397 5.707 1.313 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Bosch Jetronic D 261 205 288 SIG+ SIG- Part Number NTC M12 0 280 130 026 Application Hint The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).000 100 10 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 Temperature [°C] 100 125 150 45.462 9.com 259 .500 1. 09 Oct.com).bosch-motorsport.175 834 596 436 323 243 187 144 113 89 Resistance [Ohm] 100.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 R [Ω] 26. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.000 10. Each mounting orientation is possible.114 15.

The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. Vibration -40 … 150 °C -30 … 60 °C E85/M22 300 m/s2 Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing NTC 2.8 °C in still water < 15 s 260 motorsport@bosch. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust compact design.5 kΩ @ 20 °C M12x1. oil. which equipped with a protective housing. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.3 g Al-washer Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal Resistance ±5 % Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Response Time Շ 63 ± 1. water or fuel. The sensing element of semiconducting heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals.g.4 °C ± 0. Application Application Storage Temperature Range Bio fuel compatibility Max. This means.5 19 mm 18 Nm 28.Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e. that with the increasing temperature temperature sensor is made the of are conductivity rises.com .

114 15.792 2.com). Part Number NTC M12-H 0 281 002 170 09 Oct.bosch-motorsport. 09 motorsport@bosch.707 1.000 100 10 1 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 100 Temperature [°C] 125 150 175 45.896 3.175 834 596 436 323 243 187 144 113 89 71 57 Resistance [Ohm] 100.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 R [Ω] 26.462 9. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.313 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Bosch Compact D 261 205 337 Sig+ Sig- Application Hint The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) Any mounting orientation is possible.000 10.com 261 .com).sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.bosch-motorsport.000 1.397 5.500 1.

g. Application Application Storage Temperature Range Bio fuel compatibility Max.Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e. The sensing element of semiconducting heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals.5 kΩ @ 20 °C M12x1. oil.4 °C ± 3.com . 50 … 250 Hz Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w/o Wire Sealing NTC 2. that with the increasing temperature temperature sensor is made the of are conductivity rises. water or fuel. Vibration -40 … 140 °C -30 … 60 °C E85/M22 300 m/s2. The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature coefficient. which equipped with a protective housing. The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust and compact design.4 °C in still water < 10 s 262 motorsport@bosch. This means.5 19 mm 15 Nm 24.6 g not included Electrical Data Characteristic Nominal Resistance ± 5 % Characteristic Accuracy @ 25 °C Accuracy @ 100 °C Response Time Շ 63 ± 1. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.

000 1. Any mounting orientation is possible. Part Number NTC M12-L 0 280 130 039 09 Oct. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.bosch-motorsport.com).175 834 596 436 323 243 187 144 113 89 71 Resistance [Ohm] 100.397 5.bosch-motorsport.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.000 10.313 26.114 15.500 1.000 100 -50 -25 0 25 50 75 Temperature [°C] 100 125 150 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Bosch Compact D 261 205 288-01 Sig+ Sig- Application Hint The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm). 09 motorsport@bosch.com).896 3.Sensors Characteristic Application T [°C] -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 R [Ω] 45.462 9.com 263 .792 2.707 1.

11 ms shock Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Length Housing Weight with Wire 1 m M12x1 mm 14 mm 28 mm 42 g Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US Full Scale Output UA Current IS 5 … 28 V 28 V 0…5V 9 mA 264 motorsport@bosch. Range (electronics) Storage Temperature Range Relative Humidity Max. this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. Vibration any axis 0 … 160 °C -20 … 120 °C -20 … 70 °C -40 … 85 °C 10 … 95 % 30 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz 500 m/s2. the output voltage and emissivity by request. The main features of this sensor are its compact size. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation. it offers the ability to change the temperature range. In addition. Using with ruggedized internal silicon-coated and optics cabling electronics packaged inside a stainless steel housing. The output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs. Application Application Operating Temp. Range (sensing head) Operating Temp.g. and high signal quality at a low cost. output voltage). robust design.Temperature Sensors Infrared Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-16-r / TI-16-s This infrared for temperature non-contact sensor is designed surface temperature measurement of various parts (e.com .

5 % Application Hint The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG. For mounting please use only the integrated thread.Sensors Characteristic Emissivity (predefined) Optical Resolution Spectral Range Compensated Range Temperature resolution @ Tobj < 100 °C System Accuracy @ 23 °C tamb. or max. wet (water or water based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner! Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.95 (rubber) [2] 0.25 mV/°C 0 mV Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor. ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE US Gnd Sig Prg Scr Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.com).1 °C ± 1. value Sensitivity Offset [1] 0.5 °C or 1. The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity. To clean the lens use only a soft. Sensor can be mounted in any orientation. or max. The emissivity can be changed by request.80 (steel) 10 : 1 8 … 14 μm -20 … 120 °C 0.bosch-motorsport. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.com 265 . 09 motorsport@bosch. The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit. Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L Viton AWG 26 70 … 100 cm Part Numbers TI-16-r [1] TI-16-s [2] F 01T A21 207-01 F 01T A21 209-01 Please specify the requested wire length with your order. To determine the emissivity. value Repeatability @ 23 °C tamb.000 °C per request.75 % Connectors and Wires Connector Mating Connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. 31. ± 0. The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in the range of -20 °C to 1. 09 Oct.75 °C or 0.

The output signal has a linear characteristic output voltage). and high signal quality at a low cost. robust design. it offers the ability to change the temperature range. Range (sensing head) Operating Temp. this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature.g. In addition. Vibration any axis Storage Temperature Range 0 … 1. The main features of this sensor are its compact size. Using with ruggedized internal silicon-coated and optics cabling electronics packaged inside a stainless steel housing. the output voltage and emissivity by request.com .20 … 70 °C (electronics) -40 … 85 °C 10 … 95 % 30 m/s2 @ 11 … 200 Hz 500 m/s2.Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-100-s / TI-100-c This infrared for temperature non-contact sensor is designed surface temperature measurement of various parts (e. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.000 °C -20 … 120 °C . Application Application Operating Temp. Range Relative Humidity Max. (temperature vs. 11 ms shock Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Length Housing Weight with Wire 1 m M12x1 mm 14 mm 28 mm 42 g Electrical Data Power Supply US Max Power Supply US Full Scale Output UA Current IS 5 … 28 V 28 V 0…5V 9 mA 266 motorsport@bosch.

75 (carbon) 10 : 1 8 … 14 μm -20 … 120 °C 0.5 °C or 1. Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L Viton AWG 26 70 … 100 cm Part Numbers TI-100-s (steel) [1] TI-100-c (carbon) [2] F 01T A21 210-01 F 01T A21 211-01 Please specify the required wire length with your order. To clean the lens use only a soft.000 °C per request. The emissivity can be changed by request. The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.com).75 °C or 0.Sensors Characteristic Emissivity (pre defined) Optical Resolution Spectral Range Compensated Range Temperature resolution @ Tobj < 100 °C System Accuracy @ 23 °C tamb.bosch-motorsport. please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.1 °C ± 1. value Repeatability @ 23 °C tamb. 09 motorsport@bosch.75 % 5 mV/°C 0 mV The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. or max. To determine the emissivity. wet (water or water based glass cleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner! Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.5 % ± 0. The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG. Sensor can be mounted in any orientation. 09 Oct. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes. or max. The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 0-06-05SN-HE US Gnd Sig Prg Scr Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.com 267 . Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor. For mounting please use only the integrated thread. value Sensitivity Offset Application Hint [1] 0.80 (steel) [2] 0. The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in the range of -20 °C to 1.

Thermocouples are temperature sensors. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Application Application Max. Vibration -200 … 1.000 (1. the combination of high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connector.com . due to their thermo electrical behaviour.300) °C 800 m/s2 @ 5 … 500 Hz Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 NiCr/Ni Typ K DIN IEC 584-1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 see adapter see adapter see adapter 47 g R 20 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L ASL 6-06-05PD-HE ASL 0-06-05SD-HE Sig+ SigSrc DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 75 cm Electrical Data Voltage Supply Full Scale Output Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight with Wire Sensor Tip Bend Radius Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.Thermocouple Probes Thermocouple Probe TCP-K This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1. without any additional external energy. 268 motorsport@bosch. which generates a small temperature corresponding voltage.300 °C. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very quick response time.

410 -200 Voltage [mV] 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 -10 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 Temperature [°C] Application Hint The TCP-K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices.397 20.905 29.bosch-motorsport. 09 motorsport@bosch. which amplify the sensor voltage.138 12.096 8. Accessories Adapter TCP-K B 261 209 159-01 Part Number TCP-K B 261 209 385-01 09 Oct.644 24.000 4. value) T [°C] -200 -100 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1.119 48.004 * t U [mV] -5. The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.209 16. The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special adapter (B 261 209 159-01).sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.com).276 45. Recommended max.891 -3. Any mounting orientation is possible.5 °C or 0. The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.838 52.Sensors Characteristic Application Accuracy (max.326 41. short-term utilisation temperature 1. continuous utilisation temperature 1.200 1.bosch-motorsport.000 °C. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.275 37.300 °C.100 1.300 ± 1.com 269 .129 33.000 1.com).554 0. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.

which is powered by 12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 … 5 V. which supply a temperature due to it corresponding voltage.com .5 V Length M12x1 17 mm 45 Nm 110 g 630 mm Electrical Data Supply voltage Us Full scale output 270 motorsport@bosch. without any additional external energy. thermoelectrically behaviour.100 °C. robust design and the integrated amplifier.100 °C -40 … 115 °C @ 5… 500 Hz Mechanical Data Male thread Wrench size Installation torque Weight with wire 12 V 0.Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1. The wires are isolated. The voltage will be amplified by a intergrated electronic. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part. vibration 800 m/s2 -40 … 1. Thermocouples are temperature sensors. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo material (NiCr-Ni). Application Application Usage temperature range Max.5 … 4.

The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s request.com). The signal output will be 0 V.615 4.473 4.com 271 . or due to a short cut of the power and signal wire Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.046 4.327 2.135 1.bosch-motorsport. if the sensor.com) Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. if the ground wire failed.752 3.000 1.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System (http://www.513 1. or the signal wire failed The signal output will be > 5 V.100 U [mV] 372 485 790 1.845 -40 … 1. the power.Sensors Characteristic Measuring range Response time T [°C] -40 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1. Part Number Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF B 261 209 821-03 09 Oct.bosch-motorsport.100 °C Voltage [mV] 33 s 5000 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 -40 160 360 560 760 Temperature [°C] 960 Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Wire size Wire length F 02U B00 292-01 D 261 205 357 Sig Gnd US DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 75 cm Application Hint The TCP-NF can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 … 5 V analog signal inputs or to external devices.912 2. 09 motorsport@bosch.183 3.

250 °C Operating Temp. Application Application 0 … 1. Thermocouples are temperature sensors.Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1. electronics) 0 … 120 °C Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 M12x1 17 mm 15 Nm 85 g 250 mm Pin 3 Sleeve Wire Size Wire Length L F 02U B00 292-01 D 261 205 357 Sig Gnd US DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 75 cm Mechanical Data Male Thread Wrench Size Installation Torque Weight w Cable Length Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermomaterial (Ni CrSi . Range (ext. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part. The wires are isolated. Please specify the required wire length with your order. Electrical Data Voltage Supply Full Scale Output 12 V 0…5V 272 motorsport@bosch.NiSi). additional external energy source. Please note that the operating temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to 120 °C. which supply a temperature due to its any without corresponding thermoelectric voltage. which is powerde by 12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. robust design and its integrated amplifier. The voltage is amplified by an electronic circuit.com .250 °C. behaviour.

.190 1.000 1.250 °C 0 197 399 793 1.bosch-motorsport. Part Number TCP-KA F 02U V00 264-01 09 Oct.598 2.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System (http://www. Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element is minimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer lifespan of the sensor.bosch-motorsport.759 5.com). Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.012 2.200 1.022 4.com 273 .100 1.243 3.250 0 … 1. 5 V analog signal input (w/o pullup resistor) or to external data logging devices. The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s request.638 4.Sensors Characteristic Application Measuring Range T [°C] 0 50 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1. Free download of the sensor configuration file (*. note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120 °C.000 Voltage [mV] U [mV] 5000 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 -40 160 360 560 Temperature [°C] 760 960 Application Hint The TCP-KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 .839 3.. Any mounting orientation is possible.427 2.com). Please.396 4. 09 motorsport@bosch.

current 274 motorsport@bosch.1 mm 2 x 2-56 UNC 2. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications. or rate of motion of moving mechanical components. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max.5 Nm 106 cycles IP54 19. cable acceleration Max.com . electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled.Wire Potentiometers Wire Potentiometer WP 35 The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position. Due to its small size. Application Application Temperature range Max.1 x 19.1 x 9. The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation. direction. cable tension Shock Vibration 1.7 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.000 m/s2 0 … 38 mm -65 … 125 °C 290 m/s2 1.7 N for 6 ms 150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Tightening torque Life expectancy Protection Dimensions 5V 35 V 5 kΩ 10 % 1% 12 mA 5x 15 g 38.

com). Part Number WP 35 B 261 209 541 09 Oct. Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times. The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 45 cm Application Hint The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. This will cause damage and void the warranty. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. 09 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport.com 275 . Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).

Due to its small size. Application Application Temperature range Max. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor. or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.4 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation.3 N for 6 ms 150 m/s2 10 … 2.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Tightening torque Life expectancy Protection Dimensions 5V 35 V 5 kΩ 10 % 0. electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled.5 Nm 106 cycles IP54 Ø 24. direction. current 276 motorsport@bosch. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications. cable tension Shock Vibration 1.8 mm 2 x 2-56 UNC 2.5 % 12 mA 100 x 15 g 50. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max.4 x 11.com . cable acceleration Max.Wire Potentiometer WP 50 The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position.000 m/s2 0 … 50 mm -65 … 125 °C 400 m/s2 3.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 45 cm Application Hint The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.com 277 . Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Repair service is available for this product. Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.com). 09 motorsport@bosch. Part Number WP 50 B 261 209 542 09 Oct. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing. This will cause damage and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times. Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).bosch-motorsport.

The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation.5 Nm 106 cycles IP54 Ø 24.4 x 11. Due to its small size.5 % 12 mA 100 x 28 g 76. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max. electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled. or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Tightening torque Life expectancy Protection Dimensions 5V 35 V 5 kΩ 10 % 0.Wire Potentiometer WP 75 The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position.8 N for 6 ms 150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2. cable tension Shock Vibration 1.000 m/s2 0 … 75 mm -65 … 125 °C 170 m/s2 2. Application Application Temperature range Max. cable acceleration Max. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor.4 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications. current 278 motorsport@bosch.com . direction.2 mm 2 x 2-56 UNC 2.

This will cause damage and void the warranty. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract). Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.bosch-motorsport. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 45 cm Application Hint The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 279 . Part Number WP 75 B 261 209 543 09 Oct.com). The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing. Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request. Repair service is available for this product.

direction. cable tension Shock Vibration 1. Application Application Temperature range Max.000 m/s2 0 … 100 mm -65 … 125 °C 90 m/s2 3. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications. current 280 motorsport@bosch. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max.5 % 12 mA 100 x 57 g 101. or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Tightening torque Life expectancy Protection Dimensions 5V 35 V 5 kΩ 10 % 0. Due to its small size.6 mm 2 x 2-56 UNC 2. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor. electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled.5 Nm 106 cycles IP54 Ø 43. The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation.3 N for 6 ms 150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2.5 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.Wire Potentiometer WP 100 The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position.com . cable acceleration Max.3 x 12.

The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times. Part Number WP 100 B 261 209 544 09 Oct.com). Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract). Repair service is available for this product. This will cause damage and void the warranty. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. 09 motorsport@bosch.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 45 cm Application Hint The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.com 281 . Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.bosch-motorsport.

Application Application Temperature range Max.15 % 1% Dimensions 85 g 120 mm 2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.2 N Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Life expectancy 5V 25 V 1 kΩ 0. cable tension 0 … 120 mm -15 … 60 °C 2.com .7 x 44. direction or rate of motion of moving mechanical components. The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation.Wire Potentiometer WP 120 The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position.8 1 x 106 cycles 45. electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled.7 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.5 x 59. Due to its small size. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity 282 motorsport@bosch.

The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing. Please specify the requested cable length with your order. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times.com). Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.com 283 . 09 motorsport@bosch. Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract). Part Number WP 120 F 01T A21 250 09 Oct.bosch-motorsport. This will cause damage and void the warranty. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 50 cm Application Hint The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems.

electrical output is proportional to the distance travelled. Nominal resistance Resistance tolerance Non-linearity Max.5 % 12 mA 100 x 85 g 127. This sensor steel rotary converts cable mechanical on a the movement into electrical signal using a stainless precision wounded Hence threaded drum that is coupled to a sensor. Due to its small size.com . The advantage of this WP is its compact style which allows for flexible and easy installation.000 Hz Mechanical Data Weight w/o cable Possible mechanical range Mounting Tightening torque Life expectancy Protection Dimensions 5V 35 V 5 kΩ 10 % 0. or rate of motion of moving mechanical components.5 x 13. cable tension Shock Vibration 1.000 m/s2 0 … 125 mm -65 … 125 °C 80 m/s2 2. cable acceleration Max. Application Application Temperature range Max. precise measurement is possible even in difficult applications.5 Nm 106 cycles IP54 Ø 50.5 mm 2 x 2-56 UNC 2. current 284 motorsport@bosch. direction.8 N for 6 ms 150 m/s2 @ 10 … 2.Wire Potentiometer WP 125 The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed to measure position.2 mm Electrical Data Power supply Power supply max.

The angle of the displacement cable should be in the range of ± 5 … 10° from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing. Part Number WP 125 B 261 209 545 09 Oct. Please specify the requested cable length with your order.Sensors Connectors and Cables Connector Connector loom Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Sleeve Cable size Cable length L ASL 6-06-05PA-HE ASL 0-06-05SA-HE US Gnd Sig DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 45 cm Application Hint The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control units and data logging systems. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.com 285 . Do not allow the cable to snap back (freely retract).com). This will cause damage and void the warranty. Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request. Tension must be maintained on the cable at all times. 09 motorsport@bosch. Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.bosch-motorsport.

with one appropriate integrated circuit.536 V Characteristic Application II Measuring range Overrange limit Nominal scale factor ±2 g ±4 g 1 V/g 286 motorsport@bosch.5 Lower output limit 0. which is detected by the element.65 V 2. Application Application I Application II Operating temperature range Response time ±100 °/s ±1. the sensor features both a measuring element for yaw rate and one for acceleration.35 … 0.65 V 0. A rotation around the third orthogonal axis.Yaw Rate Sensors Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2 This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects of yawing and lateral acceleration.5 Reference voltage output 2. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and low price. This enables a very precisely application.35 … 4. Apart from the measuring element for yaw rate. creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers. In order to achieve this.com . a pure surface micromachined measuring element for acceleration is utilised to measure the vehicles lateral acceleration.000 °/s 18 mV/°/s Electrical Data Power supply Input current Max input current Upper output limit 4.8 g -40 … 85 °C <1s Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Size 90 g 34 x 80 x 84 mm Characteristic Application I Measuring range Overrange limit Nominal scale factor 100 °/s 1.5 8 … 16 V 75 mA 120 mA 4. a yaw rate.464 … 2.

09 motorsport@bosch. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications.com).com 287 . The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuits. Sleeve Wire size Wire length L DR-25 AWG 24 15 … 100 cm Part Number Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 2 0 265 005 262 Please specify the required wire length with your order. 09 Oct. Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.bosch-motorsport. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 AMP 114-18063-076 F 02U 002 235-01 Reference Bite 12 V Out YRS Out AY Gnd Application Hint The YRS 2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

1 °/s 15 Hz Electrical Data Power supply Max input current CAN speed 7 … 18 V 130 mA 1 Mbaud/s Characteristic Application II Measuring range Overrange limit Absolute resolution Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) ±4. Apart from the measuring element for yaw rate.000 °/s 0.01 g 15 Hz 288 motorsport@bosch. The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its wide measuring range.1 g -40 … 85 °C <1s Mechanical Data Weight w/o wire Size 65 g 34 x 80 x 84 mm Characteristic Application I Measuring range Overrange limit Absolute resolution Cut-off frequency (-3 dB) ±160 °/s ±1. a pure surface micromachined measuring element for acceleration is utilised to measure the vehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration.com . lateral and longitudinal acceleration. with one appropriate integrated circuit. This enables a very precise application. In order to achieve this.1 g ±10 g 0.Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects of yawing. which is detected by the element. the sensor features both a measuring element for yaw rate and two for acceleration. the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output and the combination of high quality production part and robust design. Application Application I Application II Operating temperature range Response time ±160 °/s ±4. A rotation around the third orthogonal axis. a yaw rate. creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers.

com).125 [°/s2/digit] 0. Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor specifications. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www.Sensors Connectors and Wires Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 AMP 114-18063-076 F 02U B00 240-01 GND CANL CANH UBAT - Application Hint The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems. CAN Parameters Byte order CAN speed Bit mask Offset (all signals) Quantisation Yaw Rate 1 Quantisation Yaw Ang.bosch-motorsport. For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes. The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit. Acc Quantisation Acc X-Axis Quantisation Acc Y-Axis LSB (Intel) 1 Mbaud/s Signed 0x8000 hex 0. 09 motorsport@bosch.0001274 [g/digit] Part Number Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3 0 265 005 838 CAN Message CAN_ID_01 0x70 Byte Value CAN_ID_02 0x80 Byte Value 0 1 2 3 Reserved 4 Acc X Axis 5 6 Reserved 7 Unused Yaw Angular Acceleration 0 Yaw Rate 1 1 2 Reserved 3 4 Acc Y Axis 5 6 Reserved 7 Unused 09 Oct.005 [°/s/digit] 0.0001274 [g/digit] 0.com 289 . Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

290 motorsport@bosch.com .

09 motorsport@bosch.Electronic Throttle Control Electronic Throttle Control 09 Oct.com 291 .

There is an integrated switch denoting three power settings for the bike: OFF.5 Nm Mechanical Data Size of housing Weight Mounting Working angle + free play Tightening torque Connector Connector Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 12 Pin 13 AS 6-10-35PN AS 1-10-35SN terminal 30 terminal 15 terminal 50 (Starter) 5 V supply (Signal I) 5 V supply (Signal II) Gnd (Signal I) Gnd (Signal II) Signal I (screened) Signal II (screened) Electrical Data Supply voltage 2x5V Characteristic Output Signal I Output Signal II 0.65 V (0° … 70°) Part Number Electronic Throttle Grip ETG F 02U V00 589-01 292 motorsport@bosch.Electronic Throttle Grip ETG Drive by wire system for motorcycles This new Electronic Throttle Grip (ETG) eliminates the throttle cables connecting the throttle grip and the throttle body and replaces them with a single electrical connection. The grip includes two redundant sets of magnetic sensors to ensure a maximum safety and reliability. Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.3 V … 4.325 V (0° … 70°) 0. 80 x 60 x 160 mm 326 g handlebar ø 22.com . IGN ON and START. The grip is spring loaded to return to the idle position where a damping element and 10° free play below the idle position provide optimal control and feel for the rider. vibration 0 … 80 °C 800 m/s² @ 5 Hz … 2 kHz Application Hint The ETG can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality. Application Temperature range Max.2 mm 60° + 10° 4.15 V … 2.

09 motorsport@bosch.com 293 .Electronic Throttle Control 09 Oct.

com .294 motorsport@bosch.

09 motorsport@bosch.com 295 .Chassis & Brake Control Chassis & Brake Control 09 Oct.

26 V for 5 min 35 V for 200 ms 8 W stand-by. peak voltage Power consumption Inputs 4 active wheel speed DF11 Brake pressure (front brake circuit) Longitudinal acceleration Lateral acceleration Yaw rate 12 position function switch 10 switch positions are preconfigured for different setups 2 switch positions programmable Brake light switch Outputs ABS warning light (MIL) Control of internal ABS valves Control of pump motor Communication CAN interface 8 … 16 V. Individual car parameters can be calibrated with the included software.ABS M4 Kit The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front or rear drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wire harness is included in the kit. Mechanical Data Hydraulic unit with attached ECU Dust and splash proof production housing Vibration damped circuit board 38 pin connector 2 hydraulic valves per wheel 2 brake circuits (front and rear) 2 hydraulic high pressure pumps 2 hydraulic accumulators 3 ccm/each Standard fittings Size Weight Operating temperature Max.850 g -30 … +130 °C 50 g less than 6 ms Electrical Data Power Supply and Consumption Supply voltage Max.6 mm 1. shock 2 x master cylinders M12x1 4 x brake cylinders M10x1 125 x 80. The ABS M4 is specifically adapted for motorsports use. max.com . 230 W in operation Content of Kit Hydraulic unit with attached ECU Pressure sensor Yaw/acceleration sensor 12 position function switch 4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard ABS warning light Programming and diagnostic software Vehicle specific wire harness Vibrations dampening boards 296 motorsport@bosch.3 x 129.

Chassis & Brake Control Optional Accessories Data logger C Sport Display DDU Sport F 01T A20 061-01 F 01T A20 050-01 Part Numbers ABS M4-Kit 1 (wire harness and wheel speed sensors with production-type connectors) F 02U V00 289-01 ABS M4-Kit 2 (wire harness and wheel speed sensors with motorsport connectors) F 02U V00 290-01 Different variations of DF11 sensors for vehicle individual applications on request.com 297 . 09 motorsport@bosch. Communication interface MSA Box II F 02U V00 327-01 Single-wheel-speed interface without connectors F 02U V00 225-01 Single-wheel-speed interface with motorsport connectors F 02U V00 209-01 Four-wheel-speed interface with 2 motorsport connectors F 02U V00 203-01 Four-wheel-speed interface with 1 motorsport connector F 02U V00 335-01 Adapter wire harness for connection of data logger C Sport F 02U V00 309-01 Yaw rate sensor YRS 3 0 265 005 838 09 Oct.

com .298 motorsport@bosch.

com 299 .Displays Displays 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.

bosch-motorsport. available also on reverse side connectors Mechanical Data Dimensions Weight Software Data acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport via Ethernet Max.5 … 35 V Sensor supply: 5 V. Engine data of the ECU can be received via CAN interface.41 mm 4 x M5 threads on reverse side Electrical Data 7 sequential shift LEDs 512 MB Data logger integrated 4 analog inputs (0 … 5 V) 10 bit resolution 4 digital inputs (HL = 2. Data acquisition and calibration software RaceLab Sport and one set of mating connectors are inclusive.Display DDU Sport The DDU Sport is a light and compact dashboard unit with a high contrast monochrome display. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.38 x 0. All illuminated components are dimmable. setting). The display has an integrated logger with a memory capacity of 512 MB. mode.com) Temperature -10 … 65 °C 300 motorsport@bosch. Application LCD display / LED background light 4 programmable pages Active area Resolution Dot size Mounting 91 x 56 mm 240 x 128 pixel 0. Customised display configurations can be programmed to suit individual customer requirements. 500 mA 160 x 110 x 26 mm 433 g 4 internal switches for operation (pages.5 … 32 V) Real Time Clock 2 x CAN-Bus 1 x 100 Mbit LAN Voltage supply range: 7. For enhanced flexibility the DDU Sport can be interfaced to a range of stand-alone I/O modules that provide the driver with additional information or alternatively with enable the driver to interface multiple vehicle functions.com .

CANB-HIGH Input/Output. TX. digital 1 Input. US 3 x Binder 712 99 0425 00 08 Part Number DDU Sport F 01T A20 050 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.com 301 . AIN2 Input. CANB-LOW Input/Output. terminal 15 Input/Output. TX+ LAN Input. CANA-LOW Input/Output. AIN1 Input. KEY4 Input. KEY3 Input.Displays Connectors Mating connector Connector 1 (red) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Connector 2 (green) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Connector 3 (blue) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Input/Output. KEY1 Input. digital 2 Input.LAN Input. AIN3 Input. AIN0 Input.LAN Output. CANA-HIGH Input. RX+ LAN Output. terminal 30 Input. RX. KEY2 Input. GND Output. digital 4 Input. digital 3 Input.

Connectors Connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 164 x 117 x 37 mm 753 g Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12 Pin 13 Pin 14 Pin 15 Pin 16 Pin 17 Pin 18 Pin 19 Pin 20 Pin 21 Pin 22 F 01E B01 457 F 01E B01 458 AS 6-12-35PN Ubatt Serial_RXD Serial_TXD GND_shield CAN1_HI CAN1_LO GND AGND ANA1 ANA2 ANA3 ANA4 ANA5 Ubatt out UNI_OUT1 CAN2_HI CAN2_LO ANA6 ANA7 ANA8 ANA9 UNI_OUT2 111 x 83 mm 320 x 240 pixel 0. illuminated components are dimmable..116 x 0. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. 75 °C Display panel with optical double-sided antiglare coating for highest contrast and display accuracy. without holder F 01E B01 461 External switches for page select and brightness adjustment B 261 209 659 MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 302 motorsport@bosch.Display DDU 4 The DDU 4 is a light and compact dashboard unit with a high contrast colour display. 2. Using the CAN interface the DDU 4 can be connected to any ECU.com .com) Temperature -10 . Up to 12 customized display pages can be programmed to suit All individual customer requirements.. Electrical Data 1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages 5 LED shift indicators (5 drivers.348 mm onApplication 1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display Active area Resolution Dot size Mechanical Data Dimensions Weight Max. open collector. Mathematic functions and alarms can be programmed and linked to display values and LEDs. cable.2 A) 10 LED multi purpose indication lights Dedicated battery voltage measurement Software Configuration with RaceCon over MSA-Box Accessories Aluminium holder Carbon fibre holder Part Number DDU 4 incl.bosch-motorsport.

Displays Display DDU 6 The DDU 6 is a light and compact.com 303 . All illuminated components are dimmable. Vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www..com) Temperature -10 . steering wheel mounted dashboard unit. Application 1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display Active area Resolution 54 x 72 mm 240 x 320 pixel Electrical Data 1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages 5 LED shift indicators 4 LED warning lights Integrated switches for page select and brightness adjustment. Using the CAN interface the DDU 6 can be connected to any ECU. 09 motorsport@bosch. It is equipped with a high contrast colour display. Connectors Connector AS 6-12-35PN Ubatt GND CAN1_HI CAN1_LO Serial_RXD Serial_TXD Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Mechanical Data Dimensions Weight 165 x 104 x 32 mm 342 g Max.. 65 °C Software Configuration with RaceCon over MSA-Box Accessories MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 Part Number DDU 6 F 01E B01 459 09 Oct. Up to 12 customized display configurations can be programmed to suit individual customer requirements. Mathematic functions and alarms can be programmed and linked to display values and LEDs.bosch-motorsport.

000 kB/s upload rate 3-port network switch BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support FM 40 long range telemetry support GPS input Ethernet or wireless connection with the BT 60 burst telemetry Mechanical Data Size Weight Operating temperature (internal) 161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm 675 g -20 … +60 °C Dust and splashwater proof aluminium housing Max. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high-speed system. Additional input devices can be connected via the Ethernet and CAN buses.Display DDU 8 The display DDU full 8 color integrates dash a programmable board display with a data logging system for motorsports applications.com) Connectors Autosport connectors double density 2 x 41 pin Software Configuration via RaceCon over MSA-Box II 304 motorsport@bosch.bosch-motorsport.com .000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels 2 GB storage capacity Online data compression Up to 200 kB/s data acquisition rate Up to 720 recording channels 1. Application 800 x 480 high resolution 5” full graphics color display Multiple user configurable display pages Multicolor (RGB) gearshift lights 8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter Configurable math channels User configurable CAN in/out messages Up to 1. and chassis data from 24 analog and 4 digital input channels. This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU.

09 motorsport@bosch. power consumption (w/o loads) 14 W at 14 V Accessories External switches for page selection and brightness adjustment B 261 209 659 Part Number Display DDU 8 on request 09 Oct.Displays Electrical Data Supply voltage Inputs Page/brightness selection Analog channels Input range Resolution Switchable pull up resistor Rotational channels (Input Hall/Inductive) Outputs PWM outputs to control vehicle functions Low side switch Sensor supply 5 V/10 V (350 mA each) Sensor supply 12 V (1 A non regulated) Communication interfaces CAN interfaces Ethernet 100BaseT RS232 (Telemetry. GPS) Laptrigger input 2 3 2 1 4 2 A each 4/1 1 2 24 0…5V 12 bit 3 kΩ 4 8 … 18 V Max.com 305 .

306 motorsport@bosch.com .

09 motorsport@bosch.Data Logging Systems Data Logging Systems 09 Oct.com 307 .

4. MS 4 Sport Turbo. Acquisition and calibration software RaceLab Sport and one set of mating connectors are inclusive.Data Loggers Data Logger C Sport The data logger C Sport is a very compact and lightweight data logger.5 … 35 V Software Data acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport via Ethernet Compatible ECUs MS 3 Sport.com .4 Sport Turbo 308 motorsport@bosch. Engine data of the ECU can be received via CAN interface. MS 4 Sport. It offers analog and digital signals. The measured data is stored on an internal 512 MB memory. MS 4. vibration -20 … 65 °C Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix) 102 x 62 x 27 mm 210 g Electrical Data Max. Mechanical Data Size Weight Aluminium housing Flexible housing fixation points Temperature range Max. power consumption Required power supply 1 CAN Bus link (ECU) 1 CAN Bus link (to cascade C Sport or attach DDU Sport) 1 Ethernet connector (for PC connection) 512 MB internal memory Real time clock 4 digital inputs 4 analog single ended inputs 16 bit resolution 4 analog differential inputs 16 bit resolution 1 digital output 4 W at 14 V 7. MS 4.4 Sport. MS 4.

analog 1+ Input. 09 motorsport@bosch. analog 4+ Diff. US Input/output. input. input.LAN Input. digital 2 Input. analog 1Diff. digital 4 Output. analog 5+ Input/output. analog 7+ Input. terminal 30 Output Output.LAN Input/Output. analog 3+ Diff. CANB-HIGH Input. input. analog 6+ Input. analog 2+ Diff. CANA-LOW Input. RX+ LAN Input. GND Connector 1 (bottom right) Part Number C Sport F 01T A20 061 09 Oct. GND 4 x Binder 712 99 0425 00 08 Input. input. TX+ LAN Output. analog GND 7/8 Input. TX. digital 3 Input. analog 2Diff. terminal 15 Input. analog 8+ Input.com 309 . digital 1 Input. CANA-HIGH Input. input. analog 4Diff. CANB-LOW Input/output. RX. analog 3Diff. input. input. analog GND 5/6 Input. input.Data Logging Systems Connectors Mating connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Connector 2 (top right) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Connector 3 (top left) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Connector 4 (bottom left) Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Diff.

MS 4 Sport. MS 4. Mechanical Data Aluminium housing Flexible housing fixation points Size Weight ECU temperature Max. The basic model C 40 is designed for data transfer via CAN for Bosch Motorsport ECUs.) C 40 adapter cable F 01E B01 105 01 F 01E B01 106 01 F 01E B01 107 01 F 01E B01 108 01 F 01E B01 109 01 B 261 206 864 B 261 209 433 Electrical Data Max. MS 4 Sport Turbo.4 Sport Turbo Connectors Mating connector C 40 Mating connector C 40 Plus AS0-14-35 SN AS0-14-35 SN Options 15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and 5 ms sample rate time (only C 40 Plus) 1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface Sensor supply outputs 5 V/100 mA 10 V/100 mA Part Numbers C 40 C 40 Plus C 40 Plus incl. The measured data are stored on a compact flash card (not included).024 MB Flash card 2. memory adapter B 261 206 864 Calibration functions are realised with an additional software tool 310 motorsport@bosch. power consumption 1 CAN interface Real time clock Non volatile flash card memory Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS 7 W at 14 V 1 microcontroller with 16 bit organisation Compatible ECUs MS 3 Sport.4 Sport.CardMemory C 40 / C 40 Plus The CardMemory is a device used for data logging.048 MB Memory adapter (incl. vibration 150 x 90 x 22 mm 330 g -40 … 75 °C 15 g sinus at 20 Hz … 2 kHz for t < 5 h Accessories Flash card 128 MB Flash card 256 MB Flash card 512 MB Flash card 1. chassis adjust Upgrade C 40 to C 40 Plus Software chassis adjust F 01T A20 403 B 261 206 860 B 261 206 880-02 on request on request All C 40 incl. The extended model C 40 Plus is developed to read in additional 15 analog signals and 1 rev signal.4.com . MS 4. MS 4.

In conjunction with the memory C40 Plus. Conditions for Use Operating temperature Humidity Vibration Shock -40 … 84 °C 15 g peak to peak max. 2. non condensing Part Numbers Flash card 128 MB Flash card 256 MB Flash card 512 MB Flash card 1024 MB Flash card 2048 MB Memory adapter Flash card adapter Software Chassis Adjust C40 adapter cable F 01E B01 105-01 F 01E B01 106-01 F 01E B01 107-01 F 01E B01 108-01 F 01E B01 109-01 B 261 206 864-01 B 261 205 814-01 B 261 206 870 B 261 209 433 09 Oct. The compact flash card adapter is used to insert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the PC for data download and card formatting.com 311 . a software tool for additional calibration functions is offered.Data Logging Systems Data Logging Accessories Compact flash cards. To connect memory C40 to the vehicle cable harness the special C40 adapter cable is necessary. 09 motorsport@bosch. For some optional functions additional cables and software are on offer. Compact flash cards are offered with a storage capacity of up to 2048 MB.0 g 5 % to 95 %. Together with an individual cable harness it is possible to calibrate further sensors for chassis data logging. adapters and drivers are necessary to use the Card memory.

The DLS product family consists of several hardware and software components which allow easy adoption to various measurement requirements. and flexible measurement system for conditioning and acquisition of sensor data in a race car. EM-A6. Various CAN expansion modules can be connected to provide additional input channels or output functionality. BR 60 FM 40 MSI 55 EM-I4. System manager Burst telemetry Online telemetry Modular Sensor Interface Extended CAN Modules DLS configuration Software System Software C 55 BT 60. EM-C. WinDarab Technical Details High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter resolution and tenfold oversampling High recording rate up to 1 ms High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB Online compression of measurement data Highly linear analog and digital filters Modular concept allows scalable system Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis channels Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry Online calibration and system diagnosis with RaceCon (included) 312 motorsport@bosch. EM-H4 RaceCon RaceCon. DLS Components Data logger. versatile. Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT 60 burst telemetry device can be connected.com . The C 55 communicates via its network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight MSI 55 sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisition of engine and chassis data.Data Logging System DLS System Overview The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable. It performs system configuration and management tasks and also serves as a communication hub for the PC configuration software. Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces provide high quality signal conditioning and data conversion functionality.

MS 5.2 Electrical Data Max. Mechanical Data Size Weight Aluminium housing Operating Temperature -20 … 65 °C Max.0.1. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.024 MB (flash card not included). connected via Long range as well as high-speed burst telemetry is possible utilizing the FM 40 and BT 60 devices. MS 5.Data Logging Systems CardMemory C 55 The CardMemory C 55 is a device used for data logging and DLS system management.1. The measured data is stored on a removable compact flash card with a maximum capacity of 1. MS 15.bosch-motorsport. The C 55 supports two parallel and can be measurement from different configurations Bosch ECUs recording rates from 1 s to 1 ms.5.com 313 . memory adapter B 261 206 864) 09 Oct. MS 5.2. 09 motorsport@bosch. For sensor signal acquisition up to eight MSI 55 devices FireWire are supported. Data recorded via the Ethernet and FireWire buses. power consumption 1 CAN interface 2 Fire wire interfaces 2 Ethernet interfaces (100 MBit) Real time clock Non volatile flash card memory 20 W at 14 V Part Number CardMemory C 55 F 01E B01 630 (incl. MS 15.024 MB Memory adapter F 01E B01 106-01 F 01E B01 107-01 F 01E B01 108-01 B 261 206 864 Compatible ECUs MS 5.com) 157 x 92 x 30 mm 500 g Accessories Flash card 256 MB Flash card 512 MB Flash card 1.

200 Hz for t < 5 h 120 x 117 x 38 mm 600 g Electrical Data Max. Data is sent via FireWire interface to the C 55 data logger.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effect sensor 2 digital I/O 2 PWM outputs 100 mA 5 V sensor power supply 3 … 10 V configurable sensor power supply 12 V sensor power supply Freely configurable 1 Mbit CAN Bus Part Number MSI 55 F 01T A20 024 314 motorsport@bosch. Mechanical Data Size Weight Aluminium housing Filtered connectors of motorsports design with high pin density Vibration damped printed circuit boards Operating temperature Max. The cut-of frequency of the digital filters is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. linear 10x digital oversampling and highly filtering. The MSI 55 offers 16 configurable analog inputs. 150 MIPS 4 differential analog inputs with switchable amplifier and switchable pullup resistor 12 single ended analog inputs with switchable pullup resistor All analog inputs offer analog and digital antialiasing filter and 12 bit ADC resolution 4 frequency inputs 0 … 25.com . power consumption Required power supply 20 W at 14 V 8 … 18 V 16 bit digital signal processor. The evaluation channel of is each MSI measurement individually configurable.Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55 The MSI 55 is a high quality signal conditioning and data acquisition unit for analog and digital sensors. The latency of the digital filters is corrected during recoding. vibration -20 … 65 °C 15 g sinus at 1. yielding zero filter delay in the recorded data. Each analog input channel features a 4th order analog prefilter.

This allows for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the ECU.2.com 315 . MS 5.1. MS 15. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.0. GPS) Laptrigger input 2 3 2 1 4 2 A each 4/1 1 26 0…5V 12 bit 3 kΩ 4 8 … 18 V Max.Data Logging Systems Data Logger C 60 The Data Logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data logging system for motorsport applications.1. power consumption (w/o loads) 10 W at 14 V Mechanical Data Size Weight Operating temperature (internal) Dust and splashwater proof aluminium housing Max.000 KB/s upload rate 3-port network switch BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support FM 40 long range telemetry support GPS input Electrical Data Supply voltage Inputs Analog channels Input range Resolution Switchable pull up resistor Rotational channels (Input Hall/Inductive) Outputs PWM outputs to control vehicle functions Low side switch Sensor supply 5 V/10 V (350 mA each) Sensor supply 12 V (1 A non regulated) Communication interfaces 105 x 34. MS 5.com) Software Configuration via RaceCon Connectors and Cables Autosport connectors double density 2 x 41 pin Part Number Data Logger C 60 on request Compatible ECUs MS 5.2 09 Oct. MS 15.bosch-motorsport. 09 motorsport@bosch. and chassis data from 26 analog and 4 digital input channels. vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.5 x 137.5 (149) mm 465 g -20 … +65 °C CAN interfaces Ethernet 100BaseT RS232 (Telemetry. Application 8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter Configurable math channels User configurable CAN in/out messages Up to 1.5. MS 5. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet or wireless connection with the BT 60 burst telemetry system.000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels 2 GB storage capacity Online data compression Up to 200 KB/s data acquisition rate Up to 720 recording channels 1.

the RF signal is picked up by a RX antenna connected to the pit receiver box. Car Antenna Pit Antenna Pit Receiver Box (Pit roof) Telemetry Transmitter FM 40 Cable (30m) RS232 Control Module Vehicle System Client PC Client PC Client PC Data Logger Ethernet Pit Network Server PC 316 motorsport@bosch. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna cable to the TX antenna.Telemetry Online Telemetry System Overview The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables the transmission of online measurement data from a car on a racetrack.com . Due to the high transmission power of 1 … 10 W of the Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter. near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks. The output stream passes the data converter and is transferred via a connection cable to the server PC in the garage. the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise filter amplifier. even under race conditions with high RF interference. From the data logger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the FM 40 . This PC decodes the car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information over the pit network. C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The vehicle part of the system consists of a data logger (C 40. In the pits. Inside the receiver box. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error correction if necessary.

2 kbps RS232 9. The high RF output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range and good track coverage.. Mechanical Data Size Weight Housing with LED indicators Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems. Within the selected band.6 kbps 25 kHz @ 19. Typically the FM 40 is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.Data Logging Systems Telemetry Unit FM 40 The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack. power consumption International standard I-ETS 300 220. 18 V < 2. 2 kHz 0 . vibration Temperature range Max. half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible. current 12. 60 °C 25 W at 14 V 1 ..6 / 19..com 317 ...2 kbps 10 . 470 MHz (hardware adjustable) F(center) ±1 MHz (software programmable) Transmission power 60 m/s2 @ 20 Hz . 10 W Receiver sensitivity -116 dBm error detection and forward error correction (FEC) RF channel bandwidth Data interface Data rate BNC female CGK SOT 8N35 PN Required power supply Max. 151 x 138 x 28 mm 720 g Electrical Data Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional) Internal data buffer and protocol management Frequency range 430 . ETS 300 113... FCC Connectors RF Power / data Part Number FM 40 B 261 208 898-01 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch. The unit is offered in different hardware versions for several frequency bands in the 430 … 470 MHz range..5 A Conditions for Use Max. From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface... For other applications. the transmission frequency is software programmable in a ±1 MHz range.5 kHz @ 9.

no parity. also supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box. Mechanical data Weight 4. The connection cable to the receiving PC in the garage. 8 data bit. 7 W 318 motorsport@bosch. distance receiver box to PC (with cable B 261 209 481) Antenna connector Data and power connector Serial interface RS232 (19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel) 9.com . no flow control) Radio data rate Operating voltage Power consumption 19. 1 stop bit. Typically receiver box is mounted on the pit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna.6 kbps (12.5/25 kHz ≤ -116 dBm @ BER 10-3 Conditions for use Working temperature range Max. which can be up to 50 m long. thus minimizing cable loss.Pit Receiver Box The Pit Receiver telemetry Box data integrates necessary from a all to car the electronic receive components equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof package.2 kBit/s. Different versions of the receiver box are offered to support configurations.5 kHz channel) 12 V (10 … 14 V) approx.2 kg several system Electrical data Frequency range Working frequency band -20 … + 50 °C 50 m BNC (Jack) 50 Ω motorsports type Channel spacing Sensitivity 400 … 470 MHz fc ±1 MHz 12.

Typical application are the reception of telemetry data from two cars or a system configuration with one car and a telemetry relay station. The data converter is used to transmit the data via the connection cable to the server PC in the garage.Data Logging Systems Pit Receiver Box 1 The Pit Receiver Box 1 contains all electronic components and cables necessary to receive data from a single car. The external RX antenna is connected to a low noise filter amplifier (LNA 1). The amplified signal is then fed into the UHF receiver which decodes the data stream. Part Number Pit Receiver Box 1 F 01T A20 451-01 Pit Receiver Box 1/R The Pit Receiver Box 1/R includes two separate receiver systems which enable the parallel reception of two telemetry data streams. Part Number Pit Receiver Box 1/R F 01T A20 453 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch. Two RX antennas can be connected to the twin low noise filter amplifiers (LNA 1. preassembled in a weatherproof box.com 319 . LNA 2).

com . This enables parallel telemetry data reception from two cars. Part Number Pit Receiver Box 2 F 01T A20 455 320 motorsport@bosch. provided both transmitters operate in the same frequency band.Pit Receiver Box 2 The Pit Receiver Box 2 contains two UHF receivers fed by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier (LNA).

Part Number Pit Receiver Package 1/R F 01T A20 454 Content Pit Receiver Package 1/R Pit Receiver Box 1/R HF antenna cable (8 m) Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m) HF antenna cable pit (3 m) Panel antenna pit 12 dBi Connecting cable (50 m) Control module RS232/RS422 pit Telescopic aerial mast (7.Data Logging Systems Pit Receiver Package 1/R and 1 The Pit Receiver Packages 1/R and 1 contain antennas. data cables and the controller box. 09 motorsport@bosch. everything that is required to start operation.e. i.7 m) F 01T A20 451 B 261 209 493 B 261 208 867 B 261 209 481 B 261 208 871 B 261 208 873 09 Oct.7 m) F 01T A20 453 B 261 209 493 B 261 208 867 B 261 209 492 B 261 208 868 B 261 209 481 B 261 208 871 B 261 208 873 Part Number Pit Receiver Package 1 F 01T A20 452 Content Pit Receiver Package 1 Pit Receiver Box 1 HF antenna cable (8 m) Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m) Connecting cable (50 m) Control module RS232/RS422 pit Telescopic aerial mast (7.com 321 . rf cables.

data cables and the controller box. i. Part Number Pit Receiver Package 2 F 01T A20 456 Content Pit Receiver Package 2 Pit Receiver Box 2 HF antenna cable (8 m) Rod antenna pit 7 dBi (2 m) Connecting cable (50 m) Control module RS232/RS422 pit Telescopic aerial mast (7.Pit Receiver Package 2 The Pit Receiver Package 2 contains antennas.7 m) F 01T A20 455 B 261 209 493 B 261 208 867 B 261 209 481 B 261 208 871 B 261 208 873 322 motorsport@bosch.com . rf cables.e. everything that is required to start operations.

The FM 40 tester indicates RF output power as well as defective RF cables or car antennas enabling quick detection of faulty components.com 323 . Measurement range RF power VSWR Frequency band 15 W 1. 09 motorsport@bosch.1 VHF / UHF Connectors RF BNC male / female Part number Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load B 261 208 900-01 09 Oct. Measurement range Transmission power VSWR Frequency band 1 … 15 (60) W 1…6 VHF / UHF Connectors RF BNC male / female Part number FM 40 Tester B 261 208 894 Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the telemetry car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter in the workshop or the garage.Data Logging Systems Telemetry Accessories FM 40 Tester The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of telemetry components installed in the car which includes the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF cable and the antenna. It reduces high power RF radiation.

2 m (tbd.com .) Length Dual Band Car Antenna Frequency band Gain Pattern (hor. antennas for car Dual Band Single Band Parameter Single Band Car Antenna Frequency band Type Pattern (hor. 450 MHz Connectors RF BNC male / female Part number Antenna Cable Kit B 261 209 490-01 324 motorsport@bosch.) 12.5 mm max.Telemetry Car Antenna Rugged telemetry mounting.7 dB @ 2 m.) Length VHF / UHF 1/4λ / 5/8λ omni 440 mm UHF 1/4λ omni 150 mm Connectors RF BNC male Part number Single Band Car Antenna Dual Band Car Antenna B 261 208 888 B 261 208 862 Antenna Cable Kit For car mounting RF cable for the installation of telemetry antennas in the car. 0. Intended for single hole mounting. Measurement range Length Drill hole diameter Attenuation max.

High-resolution measurement data.g. If necessary. 09 motorsport@bosch. reception range can be extended by an optional remote receiver station. Typically good data reception can be achieved in a radius of approx. When a laptrigger is received. As soon as the car reaches the reception range of the pit receiver.Data Logging Systems Burst Telemetry System Overview The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideally complements the FM 40 long range telemetry. the current file is closed and data is prepared for burst transmission. is transferred automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes the pits or the car is in the garage. The 32 selectable nonoverlapping channels allow great flexibility in channel selection. Typically 6 Mbytes of measurement data can be transferred per lap during a race. as stored in the data logger of the data acquisition system. after engine test runs. The bi-directional transmission scheme ensures error-free reception. An intelligent algorithm chooses the lapfile to transmit and resumes transmission if the link has been interrupted. the data acquisition system stores engine and chassis data in nonvolatile memory. the burst telemetry system gives a significant handling advantage: measurement data is transferred automatically to the pit server PC. depending on antenna location and track topology. enabling instant analysis and saving valuable track time. e. During the running lap. 300 m around the pit station. The RF system operates in the license-free 5.1 … 5. data transmission starts automatically. This gives two advantages: high resolution measurement data is already available in the pit network while the car is still out on track. The robust OFDM transmission scheme in combination with the high-quality band filter yield excellent performance even in environments with high RF noise. Privacy of measurement data is ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption. While the car is in the garage.com 325 .8 GHz ISM band. Burst Telemetry Receiver BR 60F (Pit roof) Car Antenna Burst Telemetry Transmitter BT 60F Ethernet Ethernet Cable (up to 75m) Client PC Client PC Client PC Vehicle System Data Logger Ethernet Pit Network Server PC 09 Oct.

. Online diagnosis and performance monitoring is possible via the data acquisition system. The system operates in the 5. 18 V 0.5 W IEEE 802.bosch-motorsport. +85 °C 3.CE WEP/WPA Content BT60F Set Radio modem Antenna 5 dBi Antenna socket Antenna cable F 02U V00 039-02 F 02U V00 442-01 F 02U V00 041-01 F 02U V00 042-01 Part Number BT 60F Set F 02U V00 038-02 326 motorsport@bosch. omnidirectional 8 . power consumption Radio air interface Wireless approvals Encryption -20 .8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels.com) Temperature range Max. 54) Mbps Ethernet TP10/100 Gain = 3 dBi.247.. An internal high quality band filter eliminates out-of-band RF noise..8 GHz ISM Band typ.. The compact and lightweight unit receives measurement data via a 100 MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisition system and communicates with the pit module over the RF antenna.1 … 5.11a FCC Part 15. 12 (max. which enables fully encrypted high speed data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions.25 A @ 12 VDC Conditions for Use Max. IC RS210.1 … 5. Vibration Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.Burst Telemetry System Car Module BT 60F The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. Mechanical Data Size Weight Antenna Connector Interface Connector 139 x 96 x 22 mm 370 g SMA(f) AS008-35SA (Deutsch) Electrical Data Radio modem Transmission power Receiver sensitivity Frequency range Air data rate Data interface Antenna Power supply Rated current Full duplex (bidirectional) +26 dBm -91 dBm @ 12 Mbps 5.com .

1 … 5.8 GHz ISM Band typ. antenna) Weight Interface Connector 705 x 145 x 47 mm 1. minimizing cable loss. under This race enables fully A encrypted high speed data transmission at MBit conditions. The system operates in the 5. +85 °C 3. which can be up to 75m long.. 12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection to the pit server PC is supplied via the connecting cable.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels.11a WEP/WPA Air data rate Data interface Antenna Power supply Rated current Full duplex (bidirectional) +26 dBm -91 dBm @ 12 Mbps 5. 12 (max. The is high gain omnidirectional antenna mounted directly at the receiver. 54) Mbps Ethernet TP10/100 Gain = 10 dBi. on the pit roof.g. 09 motorsport@bosch.247.. The high quality band filter eliminates outof-band 12 RF noise. directional antenna is available as an option. e. Mechanical Data Size (overall incl.250 g AS008-35SA (Deutsch) Electrical Data Radio modem Transmission power Receiver sensitivity Frequency range -20 .5 W IEEE 802..25 A @ 12 VDC Conditions for Use Temperature range Max..com 327 . IC RS210. CE Content BR 60F Set Radio modem Antenna Antenna filter Fitting system Interface cable to the pit PC F 02U V00 048-01 F 02U V00 131-01 F 02U V00 132-01 F 02U V00 133-01 B 261 209 742-01 Part Number BR 60F Set F 02U V00 047-02 09 Oct. The weatherproof housing allows outdoor mounting of the unit. 18 V 0. power consumption Radio air interface Encryption Wireless approvals FCC Part 15.Data Logging Systems Pit Module BR 60F The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of the Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System.1 … 5. omnidirectional 8 .

the transmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m. Mechanical Data IR-02-Receiver Size Weight Aluminium housing IR-02-Transmitter Size with diode Weight 90 x 40 x 28 mm 124 g Supply voltage 42 x 20 x 10 mm 39 g Electrical Data IR-02-Receiver Frequency codes Supply voltage Output voltage IR-02-Transmitter Frequency codes 16 plus 16 offset codes for section times 8 … 16 V 16 8 … 16 V 5V Conditions for Use Working range Ambient temperature Same height between receiver and transmitter Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter Avoid direct exposure to sunlight 15 m -25 … 70 °C Part Numbers IR-02-Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34 ASL-6-06-05PD-HE KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN IR-02-Transmitter B 261 206 884-03 B 261 206 887-01 B 261 206 888-01 B 261 206 890-01 328 motorsport@bosch. Section time measurement for comparison of different car setups is also available if several transmitters are used. The system allows an exact laptime measurement.Lap Trigger Systems Lap Trigger IR-02 This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car.com . If both lap triggers are used at the same time. Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with IR-02.

We offer optionally a tripod for mounting the transmitter anywhere along the race track.40 … 2. 09 motorsport@bosch. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.com 329 . Mechanical Data HF 24 Receiver Size Weight Internal antenna with radome Aluminium housing HF 24 Transmitter Size Weight Tripod Maximum height Minimum height Weight ~ 150 cm ~ 65 cm 1370 g 290 x 118 x 93 mm 1880 g 125 x 37 x 28 mm 130 g Electrical Data System RF wideband chirp transmission Working frequency band User codes HF 24 Receiver Sensitivity Supply voltage Connector type Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Mechanical drawing HF 24 Transmitter up to 50 m -10 … 85 °C 0.47 GHz 16 Conditions of Use Working range Ambient temperature Power consumption HF 24 Receiver Power consumption HF 24 Transmitter 09 Oct. 1 Mbps 6.8 W 1W Transmission power Transmitter antenna Supply voltage Supply current Selection main / sub trigger Low battery detection Mechanical drawing Y 261 A25 038 10 dBm flat panel 10 … 30 V 90 mA -92 dBm @ BER 10-3. Section time measurement for comparison of different car setups is also available if several transmitters are used.Data Logging Systems Lap Trigger HF 24 This lap trigger system HF 24 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in the car.5 … 30 V ASL 606-05PD-HE +12 V GND Trigger Out Y 261 A25 087 2.

When the battery level drops below 10 V.com . self test and then the transmitter indicator begins to flash green. Part Numbers HF 24 Receiver HF 24 Transmitter Tripod B 261 206 894 B 261 206 895 B 261 206 897 330 motorsport@bosch. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a period of two seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When a trigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certain time: -20 msec low @ main trigger -40 msec low @ sub trigger Standard output configuration: low side switch with R = 3. The receiver at the race car checks permanently the team code and the signal parameters. HF 24 Receiver Before switching on the DC power the code has to be selected.3 kOhm (*) to +5 VDC (*) can be modified according to user demands The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side and should not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements. The transmitter should be placed at the border of the lane in a height of about 1. After setting the main switch to ON the transmitter executes a 10 sec. The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna.5 … 2. The green transmitter indicator stops flashing. the “low bat indicator” becomes red. the transmitter stops working. If the battery level becomes critical.g. After switching ON the receiver executes a 10 sec. e. select the code and the working mode (main / sub trigger). the transmitter is running.Application Hints HF 24 Transmitter Before setting the main switch to ON. The transmitter reads the switches for code and main / sub trigger only once at power up. If the trigger condition is detected the receiver generates the appropriate output signal (main/sub trigger). self test and than it turns into the working mode. The battery condition is permanently checked.0 m. Function Description The transmitter sends via the directional antenna coded signals across the race track. Green indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

09 motorsport@bosch.Software Software 09 Oct.com 331 .

Calibration RaceCon RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration / calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware products. General Functions Calibration of ECU maps & curves ECU Datafile up. Vista 32 Bit Optional Accessories MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 Part Number RaceCon bundled with Bosch Motorsport hardware 332 motorsport@bosch.and download Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs Datafile / Workbase management Integrated flash functionality Configuration Bosch Motorsport Displays Integrated Bosch Sensor Database Configuration of Bosch Motorsport Data Loggers Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS System Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN Modules Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP) CAN Communication-Log functionality (Baud rate changeable) Quick data access over Race Mode Intuitive design. 1. 2 GB RAM Min. such as ECUs. loggers. easy to use Required Hardware Components PC: IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible. 1 GB free HD space VGA / WGA monitor (min.and download Parameterfile up. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.6 GHz Min. min. 1.024 x 768) Operating systems: Windows XP 32 Bit.com . displays.

6 GHz Approx. In the office Modas is controlled by mouse or menue. 100 MB free harddisc space VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p) Operating systems Windows XP 32 Bit. Performance description Project (Data) management Visualisation. processing and management of calibration. Developing Modas we set great store by easy handling and quick access to the ECU. measurement and documentation data Programming system Programming and management of calibration data Calibration system Visualisation and manipulation of parameters Diagnosis system Visualisation.Software Modas Modas is a software for measuring and calibrating defined engine values and curves. If Modas is used in a mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard and shortcuts.com 333 . It is specially designed for racetrack use. 1. processing.com 09 Oct. General functions Online measurement and calibration Universal use for different ECUs Modas facilitates operating and working in by using the Windows standard. documentation and evaluation of diagnosis data Required hardware components PC IBM PC compatible min. 512 MB RAM Approx. Vista 32 Bit Part number Modas V3 Free download at www.bosch-motorsport. 09 motorsport@bosch.

MS 4.com . measurement and documentation data Measuring system Numeric data visualization Bitwise. based on latest technology Interface CAN (CCP) / K-Line (KWP2000) Required Hardware Components PC IBM PC compatible min. 512 MB RAM Approx. MS 15 Sport Visualization. hexadecimal data visualization Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze) Oszilloskop (graphic data visualization) Calibration system Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data) Parameter File Manager Data File Manager (Copy & Compare) Macro Manager Potiboard support integrated Administration Workbase Management Integrated K-Line Flashing Tool Intuitive design. decimal. 100 MB free harddisc space VGA monitor (1024 x 768 p) Operating systems Windows XP 32 Bit.bosch-motorsport.com 334 motorsport@bosch. MS 3 Sport. Feature Description Calibration Tool for MS 3. MS 5. processing and management of calibration. MS 4 Sport.6 GHz Approx. It integrates a lot of sensefull features to manage our engine control units at the dyno and the racetrack. 1. Vista 32 Bit Optional Accessories MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 on request Windarab-Free Data Analysis Software Part Number Modas Sport Free download at www. easy to use.x.Modas Sport Modas Sport is the calibrating tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. MS 15.x.

a much more profound analysis of the vehicle behaviour can be gained. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.com 335 . 09 Oct. tyre behaviour. the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort of complex engine software packages. The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently seen on the market. as well as driver performance. using parts of the simulation models. with or without air restrictor(s). The visualisation of the vehicle behaviour creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several vehicle parameters on the performance independent of the technical background of the user. LapSim Engine supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.Software Simulation LapSim LapSim Chassis is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. Due to the direct link with the simulation model. in order to improve usability as well as computational performance. By further processing the on-car recorded data. vehicle parameters can be validated like aerodynamics. The engine software avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail. To summarize. 09 motorsport@bosch. engine power.

com . LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files and creates automatic database. etc.com LapSim Chassis License LapSim Engine License LapSim Engine & Chassis License Upgrade LapSim Engine License Upgrade LapSim Chassis License Update LapSim Chassis or Engine Update LapSim Chassis & Engine B 261 206 432 F 01T A20 056 F 01T A20 057 F 01T A20 058 F 01T A20 059 F 02U V00 287-01 F 02U V00 288-01 336 motorsport@bosch. Determination of tyre parameters out of on-car recorded data. Calculating vehicle handling state. aerodynamics. No tyre data required.bosch-motorsport. Possibility to analyse tyre performance over the laps.3 GHz) Automatic set-up optimisation Part numbers LapSim Chassis Basic Version Free download at www. 3D Animation of vehicle behaviour for a better and more thorough understanding. Tyre parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. which is integrated to calculate engine torque/power 10 seconds calculation time for 0 . Engine Simulation model Engine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angle Normally aspirate engines.Data analysis Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.3.10. By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.000 rpm range Chassis Simulation model Practical Pacejka like tyre model. with or without restrictor 2.4 and 5 valve cylinder heads 2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder Fully adjustable camshaft profile Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft. Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model. differential function. Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential 3D Aero maps Ride height dependent suspension kinematics Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car (PVI .

com 337 . min. It is Windowsbased and specially designed for motorsports use. FFT x/y-plots Required hardware components PC: IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible. Vista 32 Bit Data Comparison Calculation of differences lap by lap Part Numbers WinDarab-Free WinDarab-Light WinDarab-Expert Upgrade on request F 01E B01 402 F 01E B01 418 on request 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch. 1./max. 1 GB RAM Min. Additional we offer a „Free“ version without dongle. calculations Histograms Mathematical functions Filter functions incl. Depending on the functionality the software is available in different versions.6 GHz Min.Software Analysis WinDarab Data Analysis Software WinDarab is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data. 1 GB free HD space VGA / WGA monitor (min. WinDarab-Light and WinDarab-Expert. Data Evaluation Auto load and auto store Adjustable axis: time or distance Direct read-in of memory data without reader Graphic display of all measured and stored channels Various displays available (analog and digital) Number of displays available Various display set-ups selectable and storable Laptrigger signal included Functionality Creating of race tracks Several segments adjustable for each race track Lap reports and lap comparison Inform displays Data extract and export Functions Min.024 x 768) Operating systems: Windows XP 32 Bit. 1.

Comments Measuring data window .com .Flowcharts Views . Dongle-free working with WinDarab-Free For basic data analyzing tasks we offer WinDarab-Free for free of costs.View options Desktop load/save Telemetry 2 1 2 • • – – – 8/1* – – • • • • • • – – – – • – 4 2 4 • • • • • 8/1* – – • • • • • • – • – – • • unlimited unlimited unlimited • • • • • unlimited • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Light Expert customized WinDarab-Free * 8 columns / 1 window 338 motorsport@bosch.Instrument Panel (numeric/bargraph/round scale) User defined Physical Units Language Support German/English Racetrack generation via speed/lateral G or GPS ASCII Export Matlab Import (seperated tool) Extras . WinDarab Feature List Free Function Maximum number of opened files Maximum number of measuring data windows Maximum number of areas in measuring data windows Views .Outing report Views .(x/y)-Plot Views .Fourier-Transformation Views .Differences Extras .Min/Max-Tables Views . Reading or viewing data with WinDarab „Light“ or „Expert“.Area channel name . Each project key belongs to a specified project or customer.Settings . Please contact your customer support engineer for a Installation CD. WinDarab-Free can be used till a WinDarab-Light or -Expert is installed on the PC. To ensure our customers data every WinDarab-Free installation has to be linked to the customer project keys.Histogram Views .Functions/Conditions Extras .Distribution Views .Encryption of data / access rights The on-board recorded measuring data will be encrypted in the data logger via a so-called project key. Afterwards the installation of WinDarab-Free is no longer executable.Lap analysis Views . is only possible with a dongle with suitable key information on it.

Accessories Accessories 09 Oct.com 339 . 09 motorsport@bosch.

K-Line or CAN of the diagnosis interface.0.... 1 MBit/s Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 10 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 11 Pin 12 Pin 16 Pin 22 Diagnosis wire length USB wire length F 02U 000 441-01 F 02U 000 258-01 terminal 30 (permanent pos) terminal 15 (switched pos) GND CAN_High K-line RxD + RxD TxD+ TxD CAN_Low SCR 2m 0.5 m Electrical Data Input voltage (vehicle side) Power consumption (powered from USB) USB Ethernet K-Line CAN USB 2..5 W 100 MBit/s 300 Bd .. The coupling to the ECU is effected via Ethernet. 70 °C Connectors and Wires Connector AS 6-12-35PN Mating connector AS 0-12-35SN 8 . high speed (480 MBit/s) Operating System Windows XP 32 Bit Windows Vista 32 Bit Details Compact design Fully suitable for motor vehicle use Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains with galvanic separation All inputs and outputs to the PC galvanically separated Part Number MSA-Box II F 02U V00 327-01 340 motorsport@bosch. K-Line or CAN interface of an ECU. 0. 32 V typ.. This ensures a powerful and universal link to all common PCs.Communication Interface MSA-Box II (Ethernet / K-Line / CAN Interface) The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PCsupported calibration and configuration on Ethernet. Mechanical Data Size Temperature range 84 x 38 x 25 mm 0 .. up to 320 kBd 10 kBit/s .com . The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface..

Electrical data Power supply 12 V Part numbers RS 2000 Cable harness connector B 261 206 862 01 B 261 206 451 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.and wheel-speedsignals quickly and comfortable.1 Adjustable on cylinder numbers from 4 to 12. cam shaft.9 to MS 4.Accessories Handheld Test Devices RS 2000 With the RS 2000 you can simulate crank shaft-. Functions Infinitely variable simulation of Hall. Usable for increment. Compatible with all Bosch Motorsport ECUs from MS 1.com 341 .and inductive signal.and segment-systems.

The lambda value.5) 10 … 17 V 26 V 3 W @ 14 V 5A 26 A CAN Refresh Rate Software Configuration with Modas included 342 motorsport@bosch. of Channels Heater Operating Temp Range (housing) Storage Temperature Range Communication Link 0.Expansion Modules Lambdatronic LT4 The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch (Mini-)LSU 4.75 … 10. The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsports specification. The lambda in the Nernst cell is controlled to λ = 1.9 4 internal -20 … 85 °C -20 … 85 °C K-Line / CAN Mechanical Data Weight with Cable Sealing Mounting Size w/o Cable (w*l*h) 98 g 100 % humidity Velcro 54 x 59 x 13 mm Characteristic Signal Output 1 Signal Output 2 CAN.12 λ Bosch (Mini-)LSU 4. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.9. through a current through the pump cell.com .bosch-motorsport.Baudrate Signal Resolution Signal Sampling Rate CAN 4x0…5V 1 Mbaud 2. The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. Application Application Compatible Sensor Type Nr. The current proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of the lambda value. the sensor temperature and diagnostics are available via CAN and analog signal.5 * 10-4 lambda 100 Hz 100 Hz Max.com) Electrical Data Power Supply Us Max Power Supply (1 min) US max Thermal Dissipation Loss Current Is Current Is (Heating up) (6.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.

09 motorsport@bosch. The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to the measuring device or to the system ground.).) between GND and GND_REF has not to be exceeded.g. The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 Mbaud) and analog measuring device. The unit is secure from miss-pinning. out Shield Pump Current LSU1 IP1 Virtual GND LSU1 VM1 Heater PWM LSU1 Uh-1 Heater (Batt +) LSU1 Uh+1 Setup Current LSU1 IA1 Nernst Voltage LSU1 UN1 Pin 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Function Pump Current LSU2 IP2 Virtual GND LSU2 VM2 Heater PWM LSU2 Uh-2 Heater (Batt +) LSU2 Uh+2 Setup Current LSU2 IA2 Nernst Voltage LSU2 UN2 UN1Pump Current LSU3 IP3 Virtual GND LSU3 VM3 Heater PWM LSU3 Uh-3 Heater (Batt +) LSU3 Uh+3 Setup Current LSU3 IA3 Nernst Voltage LSU3 UN3 Pump Current LSU4 IP4 Virtual GND LSU4 VM4 Heater PWM LSU4 Uh-4 Heater (Batt +) LSU4 Uh+4 Setup Current LSU4 IA4 Nernst Voltage LSU4 UN4 09 Oct. Pin 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Function + 12 V (Battery +) + 12 V (Battery +) Ground (Battery -) Ground (Battery -) K-Line Diagnostic Connection CAN1 + (high) CAN1 – (low) Analog out 1 Analog out 2 Analog out 3 Analog out 4 Reference GND for anal. To avoid signal errors.9.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.Accessories Connectors and Cables Connector Connector Loom Sleeve Cable Size Cable Length L AS 6-14-35PN AS 1-14-35SN Viton 26 20 cm Part Number Lambdatronic LT4 F 01T A20 070-04 Application Hint The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch (Mini)-LSU 4.com). a cable length of maximum 1.bosch-motorsport. A ground offset of 2 V (max. Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (http://www. See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (CAN protocol e.com 343 .

9 °C Heat-Temp Electrical Data Power supply 5 … 20 V Rent consumption 120 mA at 12 V + heater current (max.1373: failed sensor (short cut or not connected) sensor did not reach 600 °C (up to 30 sec) heating periode A/FValue Value = 0.com . the temperature of the sensor.9.0686: Value = 0.00006863418 = TempxDigits * 2 + 496. the duty cycle of the heater and diagnosis of the probe is available. The box is able to supply two (Mini-)LSU 4.9.9 is used in combination with the lambda sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.57 = A/FDigits / 14570 = A/FDigits * 0.9 The AWS LSU 4. It includes two heaters and converts each specific sensor signal into two separate lambda signals. Mechanical Data Weight Size Cable length 80 g 38 x 43 x 16 mm 150 mm CAN-ID For each sensor. Furthermore. the following CAN-IDs will receive the A/F value as 16-bit unsigned Integer and the heating value and the temperature values as 8-bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type): CAN -ID Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 Byte 5 Byte 6 Byte 7 Conditions for use Operating temperature 10 … 60 °C 0x290 A/F1 A/F2 Temp1 Temp2 Heat1 Heat2 Diagnosis Value = 0. 2 A per probe) Channels Resolution Sampling rate 2 A/F 0.01 100 Hz per channel 344 motorsport@bosch.0069: Value = 0. Please note: Lambda sensors are not part of the AWS LSU 4. The signal output is via CAN-message.001 * A/Fx = A/FValue / 14.9 lambda sensors.AWS LSU 4.

input of pump current amp Inv. Input of pump current amp Virtual ground GND heater 1 Ground for heater 1 Vext heater 1 External power supply 5 … 20 V LSU1 LSU1 IA LSU1 UN LSU2 IP LSU2 VM Non Inv. 09 motorsport@bosch. input of pump current amp Virtual ground GND heater 2 Ground for heater 2 Vext heater 2 External power supply 5 … 20 V LSU2 LSU2 IA LSU2 UN Non Inv.9 F 01E B01 622 Pin assignment LSU-1/2 in connector Pin Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 LSU1 IP LSU1 VM Description Inv.Accessories Pin assignment life connector Pin Name 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12 GND Vext LSU heater CAN H CAN L TxD RxD Description Ground External power supply 5 … 20 V External power supply for LSU 1/2 heater CAN Bus high CAN Bus low TxD serial interface RxD serial interface Accessories Lambda Sensor LSU 4.com 345 . input of pump current control 09 Oct. input of pump current control Non Inv.9 Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4. input of pump current amp Inv.9 0 258 017 025 B 261 209 356 B 258 490 103-20 GND LSU 1/2 Ground LSU heater Part Number AWS LSU 4.9 Lambda Sensor LSU 4.

0 B) which is used for transmitting the information from and to the module. Application Operating temperature range -20 °C … 85 °C Connector ASL206-05SN-HE (red).0 B. ANAx Pin-No.com) Electrical Data Power supply Supply current (without load) ADC resolution Update rate CAN speed 10 V … 18 V max. Weight and space required for the wiring harness can be reduced by daisy-chaining multiple power extended and modules because lines are communication routed through the device. vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.1 mm 153 g 2 3 4 5 Function UB_SG AGND ANA_INx Vref50 N/C Mechanical Data Size Weight Max. XOUT Pin-No. 1 2 3 4 5 Function UBATT GND CAN-Low CAN-High GND Loom Side Connector ASL606-05PN-HE red ASL606-05PD-HE green ASL606-05SN-HE red 346 motorsport@bosch. converts the values to a 10 bit format and combines them to a CAN-Message.CAN Module EM-A6 6 analog Channels The extended module EM-A6 measures up to 6 analog channels. 1 2 3 4 5 Function UBATT GND CAN-High CAN-Low GND Communication/Configuration Interface CAN2. 80 mA 10 Bit (4. using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon CAN-ID programmable via RaceCon Pull-ups switchable via RaceCon Connector ASL206-05PN-HE (red). 1 155 x 38 x 32. XIN Pin-No. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.com .8 mV) 5 ms 1 MBaud Connector ASL206-05SD-HE (green).

com 347 . 09 motorsport@bosch.Accessories CAN Protocol Byte order Big endian (high-byte/low-byte. Motorola) CAN Frame 1 Application Hint Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU. Part Number CAN Module EM-A6 F 01T A20 007 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Byte Value 0 Row AD channel 1 counter =0 AD channel 2 AD channel 3 unused CAN Frame 2 Byte Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Row AD channel 4 counter =1 AD channel 5 AD channel 6 unused U [V] = raw value * 5 V / 1024 09 Oct.

2 mm 97 g Loom Side Connector AS6-06-05SN-HE Electrical Data Power Supply Supply Current (100 % brightness. The EM-C module receives this message and displays the angle (-180° … +180°) in its bright red dot-matrix display. using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon Programmable CAN-ID Part Number CAN Module EM-C F 01T A20 025 Application Hint Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU. during engine assembly.0 B) which is used for transmitting the information from and to the module. 1 2 3 4 5 Function UBATT GND CAN-Hi CAN-LO N/C Communication/Configuration Interface CAN2.0 x 24.0 B. 300 mA Connector ASL-006-05PN-HE Pin-No. the EM-C module features a reset-button which. Mechanical Data Size Weight 94. dots on) 8 V … 18 V max. It displays the current angle of the camshaft that is measured by the Bosch camshaft angle sensor APS-C and transmitted via CAN. enables the engine builder to precisely set the APS-C sensor reference to “zero” when the camshaft is at the desired “zero” position.2 x 30.com .CAN Module EM-C Module for programming APS-C The extended EM-C module is part of the measurement equipment. 348 motorsport@bosch. The module has a 500 kBaud CAN-Interface (CAN2. Moreover. The module is delivered with a connection adapter between housing and connector.

0 B) in a single CAN-message.000 impulses/s 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Function UBATT GND N/C CAN-Hi CAN-LO Front left Front right Rear left Rear right GND SHIELD N/C N/C Mechanical Data Max.4 x 32.000 Application Hint Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU. Motorola) Byte Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Front left Front right Rear left Rear right Signal period [ms] = 3.bosch-motorsport. Application Operating Temperature Range -20 … 85 °C Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE Pin-No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 V … 18 V max.Accessories CAN Module EM-H4 4 Hall Speed sensors The extended module EM-H4 acquires the signal periods of up to 4 Hall-effect speed sensors and transmits them as 16-bit values to a CAN-Interface (CAN2. The module is delivered with an adapter between housing and connector.0 B. 09 Oct. using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon Programmable CAN-ID CAN speed Update rate 1 Mbaud 10 ms Part Number CAN Module EM-H4 F 01T A20 008 01 Loom Side Connector AS-6-10-35SN-HE CAN Protocol Byte order Big endian (high-byte/low-byte.2 μs * raw value / 1.1 mm Electrical Data Power Supply Supply Current Input Communication/Configuration Interface CAN2. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.com 349 .3 x 17. 70 mA 10 … 10.com) Size 85. 09 motorsport@bosch.

70 mA 10 to 10.000 Application Hint Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.3 x 17.com) Size 85.CAN Module EM-I4 4 inductive Speed Sensors The extended module EM-I4 acquires the signal periods of up to 4 inductive speed sensors and transmits them as 16-bit values with 3.000 impulses/s 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Communication/Configuration Interface CAN2.0 B) in a single CAN-message. Vibration Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www. 350 motorsport@bosch. Motorola) Byte Value 0 1 Front left 2 3 Front right 4 5 Rear left 6 7 Rear right Signal period [ms] = 3. The module is delivered with an adapter between housing and connector.0 B.2 μs * raw value / 1. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Function UBATT GND N/C CAN-Hi CAN-LO Front left Front right Rear left Rear right GND SHIELD N/C N/C Mechanical Data Max. Application Operating Temperature -20 … 85 °C Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE Pin-No.bosch-motorsport.1 mm Electrical Data Power Supply Supply Current Input 8 V … 18 V max.2us quantization to a 1 MBaud CAN-Interface (CAN2.com . using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon Programmable CAN-ID CAN speed Update rate 1 Mbaud 10 ms Part Number CAN Module EM-I4 F 01T A20 009 Loom Side Connector AS-6-10-35SN-HE CAN Protocol Byte order Big endian (high-byte/low-byte.4 x 32.

switches Coil resistance @ 25 °C -45 … 125 °C 30 g/70 Hz ..com 351 . time characteristic (the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit breaker) I [A] 30 A 50 A 100 A 250 A 350 A t [s] 3..2 s 0. 3 kHz 100 g (11 ms) Max.Accessories Relay Relay 25 A The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical power control. current 12 ..2 s 0..and fuel motor loads.600 s (1 h) 5s 1. The rated current is 25 A for secondary power distribution with high inrush current like hydraulic. Mechanical Data Drill hole Weight 3. 09 motorsport@bosch. The base part allows a quick change of the relay.000 80 Ω 25 A Conditions for use Temperature range Vibration Shock Current vs.1 s Part Numbers Relay Base Y 261 A20 597-01 Y 261 A20 598-01 09 Oct.5 V 50. 14.1 mm 61 g Electrical Data Power supply Min.

com . You can combine all types with every design and every connector cable equivalent to your individual requirement. Type For MAP Function For display-toggle-function 3 steps for MAP-function 4 steps 4 steps for MAP-function 6 steps for display switch over 12 steps Extras With integrated resistor network Lockable Variable number of steps Variable form of rotary waver switch Without end stop Application range Motor functions Dashboard functions Display switch over Display dimmer Design Straight 90° angled Part numbers Model 12 steps for MAP function 4 steps display dimmer DDU 4 steps LED dimmer DDU 6 steps display dimmer and switch over DDU All models can be ordered with 90° angled. Design straight straight straight straight straight Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 6-06-05PN-HE ASL 6-06-05PN-HE B 261 209 643-01 B 261 209 644-01 B 261 209 646-01 B 261 209 647-01 B 261 209 659-01 352 motorsport@bosch.Switches Switches We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.

*.Accessories Wiring Harnesses Wiring Harnesses We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsport applications. 09 Oct. We do 2D Layout documentation in exchangeable *. sensors and actuators for motorsport requirements.dxf. All looms are built with cables and wires in aviation & aerospace quality. Full shielded cables for maximum EMC protection are available. Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sensor definition. Design and production of prototypes up to mass production is also possible. All looms are tested on a high voltage test bench. Bosch Motorsport is ISO 9001-2008 certified. MIL specs) and switches and fuses from aviation and aerospace technology. Naturally we use motorsport connectors (sev.dwg file format.com 353 . 09 motorsport@bosch. design and production of harnesses. Our portfolio contents layout. Tests under defined vibration profiles are also possible.

354 motorsport@bosch.com .

com 355 .Appendix Appendix 09 Oct. 09 motorsport@bosch.

Installation The correct installation extends reliability and durability.000 2.g.000 Acceleration [m/s²] 50 200 200 60 60 356 motorsport@bosch. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenance once a year. Handling and Transport Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD. ESD packaging materials). humidity.4 m/s2 Sinus: 8h/Direction Frequency (Hz) 100 180 250 350 2. Please use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle schedule to ensure correct operation.0 1.General Information ESD. Vibration Profile 1 Broadband noise: 8h/Direction Frequency (Hz) 20 55 180 300 360 1.6 55.0 0.0 1. Never grab into the connectors.56 0.com . Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.000 Effective Value aEff Acceleration density [(m/s²)²/Hz] 50.4 26. vibration and liquid compatability. Please follow the specifications regarding temperature.6 0. Battery Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries.

1 26.000 Effective Value aEff Acceleration density [(m/s²)²/Hz] 10 10 1 1 0.Appendix Vibration Profile 2 Broadband noise: 8h/Direction Frequency (Hz) 10 50 66.500 Effective Value aEff Acceleration density [(m/s²)²/Hz] 14.com 357 .51 45.0 7.7 100 1.5 0.6 15./min Frequency [Hz] 20 85 85 200 200 220 300 440 280 280 125 125 Amplitude of acceleration [m/s²] 50 50 175 175 Amplitude of oscillation lane [μm] Broadband noise Frequency [Hz] 10 50 60 300 500 1.26 168 m/s2 09 Oct.9 m/s2 Vibration Profile 3 Sinus Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct.0 3. 09 motorsport@bosch.

com www.bosch-motorsport. They are only developed for use in racing on private closed courses! . Motor Sport Department 3-33-8 Tsuruya-cho. Yokohama-shi Kanagawa 221-0835 Japan Phone: +81 45 410 1650 Fax: +81 45 410 1651 E-Mail: motorsport@bosch.com © Bosch Engineering GmbH 2009 Modifications reserved. Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on public roads.K.Europe: Bosch Engineering GmbH Motorsport An der Bracke 9 71706 Markgroeningen Germany Phone: +49 711 811 3981 Fax: +49 711 811 3982 North and South America: Bosch Engineering North America Motorsports 38000 Hills Tech Drive Farmington Hills. MI 48331-3417 United States of America Phone: +1 248 876 2977 Fax: +1 248 876 7373 Asia Pacific: Bosch Engineering Japan K. Kanagawa-ku.